Initial commit
This commit is contained in:
commit
66c5a26d69
1145 changed files with 938088 additions and 0 deletions
759
CDC/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_hal.c
Normal file
759
CDC/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_hal.c
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,759 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @file stm32g0xx_hal.c
|
||||
* @author MCD Application Team
|
||||
* @brief HAL module driver.
|
||||
* This is the common part of the HAL initialization
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
##### How to use this driver #####
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
The common HAL driver contains a set of generic and common APIs that can be
|
||||
used by the PPP peripheral drivers and the user to start using the HAL.
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
The HAL contains two APIs categories:
|
||||
(+) Common HAL APIs
|
||||
(+) Services HAL APIs
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @attention
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <h2><center>© Copyright (c) 2018 STMicroelectronics.
|
||||
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
|
||||
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
|
||||
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
|
||||
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#include "stm32g0xx_hal.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup HAL
|
||||
* @brief HAL module driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAL_MODULE_ENABLED
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup HAL_Private_Constants HAL Private Constants
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief STM32G0xx HAL Driver version number
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define __STM32G0xx_HAL_VERSION_MAIN (0x01U) /*!< [31:24] main version */
|
||||
#define __STM32G0xx_HAL_VERSION_SUB1 (0x04U) /*!< [23:16] sub1 version */
|
||||
#define __STM32G0xx_HAL_VERSION_SUB2 (0x00U) /*!< [15:8] sub2 version */
|
||||
#define __STM32G0xx_HAL_VERSION_RC (0x00U) /*!< [7:0] release candidate */
|
||||
#define __STM32G0xx_HAL_VERSION ((__STM32G0xx_HAL_VERSION_MAIN << 24U)\
|
||||
|(__STM32G0xx_HAL_VERSION_SUB1 << 16U)\
|
||||
|(__STM32G0xx_HAL_VERSION_SUB2 << 8U )\
|
||||
|(__STM32G0xx_HAL_VERSION_RC))
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(VREFBUF)
|
||||
#define VREFBUF_TIMEOUT_VALUE 10U /*!< 10 ms */
|
||||
#endif /* VREFBUF */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Exported variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/** @defgroup HAL_Exported_Variables HAL Exported Variables
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__IO uint32_t uwTick;
|
||||
uint32_t uwTickPrio = (1UL << __NVIC_PRIO_BITS); /* Invalid PRIO */
|
||||
HAL_TickFreqTypeDef uwTickFreq = HAL_TICK_FREQ_DEFAULT; /* 1KHz */
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup HAL_Exported_Functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup HAL_Exported_Functions_Group1
|
||||
* @brief HAL Initialization and Configuration functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
##### HAL Initialization and Configuration functions #####
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
|
||||
(+) Initialize the Flash interface the NVIC allocation and initial time base
|
||||
clock configuration.
|
||||
(+) De-initialize common part of the HAL.
|
||||
(+) Configure the time base source to have 1ms time base with a dedicated
|
||||
Tick interrupt priority.
|
||||
(++) SysTick timer is used by default as source of time base, but user
|
||||
can eventually implement his proper time base source (a general purpose
|
||||
timer for example or other time source), keeping in mind that Time base
|
||||
duration should be kept 1ms since PPP_TIMEOUT_VALUEs are defined and
|
||||
handled in milliseconds basis.
|
||||
(++) Time base configuration function (HAL_InitTick ()) is called automatically
|
||||
at the beginning of the program after reset by HAL_Init() or at any time
|
||||
when clock is configured, by HAL_RCC_ClockConfig().
|
||||
(++) Source of time base is configured to generate interrupts at regular
|
||||
time intervals. Care must be taken if HAL_Delay() is called from a
|
||||
peripheral ISR process, the Tick interrupt line must have higher priority
|
||||
(numerically lower) than the peripheral interrupt. Otherwise the caller
|
||||
ISR process will be blocked.
|
||||
(++) functions affecting time base configurations are declared as __weak
|
||||
to make override possible in case of other implementations in user file.
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Configure the Flash prefetch and the Instruction cache,
|
||||
* the time base source, NVIC and any required global low level hardware
|
||||
* by calling the HAL_MspInit() callback function to be optionally defined in user file
|
||||
* stm32g0xx_hal_msp.c.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note HAL_Init() function is called at the beginning of program after reset and before
|
||||
* the clock configuration.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note In the default implementation the System Timer (Systick) is used as source of time base.
|
||||
* The Systick configuration is based on HSI clock, as HSI is the clock
|
||||
* used after a system Reset.
|
||||
* Once done, time base tick starts incrementing: the tick variable counter is incremented
|
||||
* each 1ms in the SysTick_Handler() interrupt handler.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_Init(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Configure Flash prefetch, Instruction cache */
|
||||
/* Default configuration at reset is: */
|
||||
/* - Prefetch disabled */
|
||||
/* - Instruction cache enabled */
|
||||
|
||||
#if (INSTRUCTION_CACHE_ENABLE == 0U)
|
||||
__HAL_FLASH_INSTRUCTION_CACHE_DISABLE();
|
||||
#endif /* INSTRUCTION_CACHE_ENABLE */
|
||||
|
||||
#if (PREFETCH_ENABLE != 0U)
|
||||
__HAL_FLASH_PREFETCH_BUFFER_ENABLE();
|
||||
#endif /* PREFETCH_ENABLE */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Use SysTick as time base source and configure 1ms tick (default clock after Reset is HSI) */
|
||||
if (HAL_InitTick(TICK_INT_PRIORITY) != HAL_OK)
|
||||
{
|
||||
status = HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Init the low level hardware */
|
||||
HAL_MspInit();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return function status */
|
||||
return status;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief This function de-Initializes common part of the HAL and stops the source of time base.
|
||||
* @note This function is optional.
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DeInit(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Reset of all peripherals */
|
||||
__HAL_RCC_APB1_FORCE_RESET();
|
||||
__HAL_RCC_APB1_RELEASE_RESET();
|
||||
|
||||
__HAL_RCC_APB2_FORCE_RESET();
|
||||
__HAL_RCC_APB2_RELEASE_RESET();
|
||||
|
||||
__HAL_RCC_AHB_FORCE_RESET();
|
||||
__HAL_RCC_AHB_RELEASE_RESET();
|
||||
|
||||
__HAL_RCC_IOP_FORCE_RESET();
|
||||
__HAL_RCC_IOP_RELEASE_RESET();
|
||||
|
||||
/* De-Init the low level hardware */
|
||||
HAL_MspDeInit();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return function status */
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Initialize the MSP.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak void HAL_MspInit(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
|
||||
the HAL_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
|
||||
*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief DeInitializes the MSP.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak void HAL_MspDeInit(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
|
||||
the HAL_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
|
||||
*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief This function configures the source of the time base:
|
||||
* The time source is configured to have 1ms time base with a dedicated
|
||||
* Tick interrupt priority.
|
||||
* @note This function is called automatically at the beginning of program after
|
||||
* reset by HAL_Init() or at any time when clock is reconfigured by HAL_RCC_ClockConfig().
|
||||
* @note In the default implementation, SysTick timer is the source of time base.
|
||||
* It is used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals.
|
||||
* Care must be taken if HAL_Delay() is called from a peripheral ISR process,
|
||||
* The SysTick interrupt must have higher priority (numerically lower)
|
||||
* than the peripheral interrupt. Otherwise the caller ISR process will be blocked.
|
||||
* The function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
|
||||
* implementation in user file.
|
||||
* @param TickPriority Tick interrupt priority.
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_InitTick(uint32_t TickPriority)
|
||||
{
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check uwTickFreq for MisraC 2012 (even if uwTickFreq is a enum type that doesn't take the value zero)*/
|
||||
if ((uint32_t)uwTickFreq != 0U)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/*Configure the SysTick to have interrupt in 1ms time basis*/
|
||||
if (HAL_SYSTICK_Config(SystemCoreClock / (1000U /(uint32_t)uwTickFreq)) == 0U)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Configure the SysTick IRQ priority */
|
||||
if (TickPriority < (1UL << __NVIC_PRIO_BITS))
|
||||
{
|
||||
HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(SysTick_IRQn, TickPriority, 0U);
|
||||
uwTickPrio = TickPriority;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
status = HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
status = HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
status = HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return function status */
|
||||
return status;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup HAL_Exported_Functions_Group2
|
||||
* @brief HAL Control functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
##### HAL Control functions #####
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
|
||||
(+) Provide a tick value in millisecond
|
||||
(+) Provide a blocking delay in millisecond
|
||||
(+) Suspend the time base source interrupt
|
||||
(+) Resume the time base source interrupt
|
||||
(+) Get the HAL API driver version
|
||||
(+) Get the device identifier
|
||||
(+) Get the device revision identifier
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief This function is called to increment a global variable "uwTick"
|
||||
* used as application time base.
|
||||
* @note In the default implementation, this variable is incremented each 1ms
|
||||
* in SysTick ISR.
|
||||
* @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
|
||||
* implementations in user file.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak void HAL_IncTick(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uwTick += (uint32_t)uwTickFreq;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Provides a tick value in millisecond.
|
||||
* @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
|
||||
* implementations in user file.
|
||||
* @retval tick value
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak uint32_t HAL_GetTick(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return uwTick;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief This function returns a tick priority.
|
||||
* @retval tick priority
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t HAL_GetTickPrio(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return uwTickPrio;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Set new tick Freq.
|
||||
* @retval status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SetTickFreq(HAL_TickFreqTypeDef Freq)
|
||||
{
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
|
||||
HAL_TickFreqTypeDef prevTickFreq;
|
||||
assert_param(IS_TICKFREQ(Freq));
|
||||
|
||||
if (uwTickFreq != Freq)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Back up uwTickFreq frequency */
|
||||
prevTickFreq = uwTickFreq;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Update uwTickFreq global variable used by HAL_InitTick() */
|
||||
uwTickFreq = Freq;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Apply the new tick Freq */
|
||||
status = HAL_InitTick(uwTickPrio);
|
||||
if (status != HAL_OK)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Restore previous tick frequency */
|
||||
uwTickFreq = prevTickFreq;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return status;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief return tick frequency.
|
||||
* @retval tick period in Hz
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_TickFreqTypeDef HAL_GetTickFreq(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return uwTickFreq;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief This function provides minimum delay (in milliseconds) based
|
||||
* on variable incremented.
|
||||
* @note In the default implementation , SysTick timer is the source of time base.
|
||||
* It is used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals where uwTick
|
||||
* is incremented.
|
||||
* @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
|
||||
* implementations in user file.
|
||||
* @param Delay specifies the delay time length, in milliseconds.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak void HAL_Delay(uint32_t Delay)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
|
||||
uint32_t wait = Delay;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Add a freq to guarantee minimum wait */
|
||||
if (wait < HAL_MAX_DELAY)
|
||||
{
|
||||
wait += (uint32_t)(uwTickFreq);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
while ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) < wait)
|
||||
{
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Suspend Tick increment.
|
||||
* @note In the default implementation , SysTick timer is the source of time base. It is
|
||||
* used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals. Once HAL_SuspendTick()
|
||||
* is called, the SysTick interrupt will be disabled and so Tick increment
|
||||
* is suspended.
|
||||
* @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
|
||||
* implementations in user file.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak void HAL_SuspendTick(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Disable SysTick Interrupt */
|
||||
CLEAR_BIT(SysTick->CTRL,SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Msk);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Resume Tick increment.
|
||||
* @note In the default implementation , SysTick timer is the source of time base. It is
|
||||
* used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals. Once HAL_ResumeTick()
|
||||
* is called, the SysTick interrupt will be enabled and so Tick increment
|
||||
* is resumed.
|
||||
* @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
|
||||
* implementations in user file.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak void HAL_ResumeTick(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Enable SysTick Interrupt */
|
||||
SET_BIT(SysTick->CTRL, SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Msk);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Returns the HAL revision
|
||||
* @retval version : 0xXYZR (8bits for each decimal, R for RC)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t HAL_GetHalVersion(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return __STM32G0xx_HAL_VERSION;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Returns the device revision identifier.
|
||||
* @retval Device revision identifier
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t HAL_GetREVID(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return ((DBG->IDCODE & DBG_IDCODE_REV_ID) >> 16U);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Returns the device identifier.
|
||||
* @retval Device identifier
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t HAL_GetDEVID(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return ((DBG->IDCODE) & DBG_IDCODE_DEV_ID);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Returns first word of the unique device identifier (UID based on 96 bits)
|
||||
* @retval Device identifier
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t HAL_GetUIDw0(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (READ_REG(*((uint32_t *)UID_BASE)));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Returns second word of the unique device identifier (UID based on 96 bits)
|
||||
* @retval Device identifier
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t HAL_GetUIDw1(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (READ_REG(*((uint32_t *)(UID_BASE + 4U))));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Returns third word of the unique device identifier (UID based on 96 bits)
|
||||
* @retval Device identifier
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t HAL_GetUIDw2(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (READ_REG(*((uint32_t *)(UID_BASE + 8U))));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup HAL_Exported_Functions_Group3
|
||||
* @brief HAL Debug functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
##### HAL Debug functions #####
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
|
||||
(+) Enable/Disable Debug module during STOP mode
|
||||
(+) Enable/Disable Debug module during STANDBY mode
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Enable the Debug Module during STOP mode
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGStopMode(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SET_BIT(DBG->CR, DBG_CR_DBG_STOP);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Disable the Debug Module during STOP mode
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGStopMode(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
CLEAR_BIT(DBG->CR, DBG_CR_DBG_STOP);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Enable the Debug Module during STANDBY mode
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGStandbyMode(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SET_BIT(DBG->CR, DBG_CR_DBG_STANDBY);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Disable the Debug Module during STANDBY mode
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGStandbyMode(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
CLEAR_BIT(DBG->CR, DBG_CR_DBG_STANDBY);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup HAL_Exported_Functions_Group4
|
||||
* @brief SYSCFG configuration functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
##### HAL SYSCFG configuration functions #####
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
|
||||
(+) Enable/Disable Pin remap
|
||||
(+) Configure the Voltage reference buffer
|
||||
(+) Enable/Disable the Voltage reference buffer
|
||||
(+) Enable/Disable the I/O analog switch voltage booster
|
||||
(+) Enable/Disable dead battery behavior(*)
|
||||
(+) Configure Clamping Diode on specific pins(*)
|
||||
(*) Feature not available on all devices
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if defined(VREFBUF)
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Configure the internal voltage reference buffer voltage scale.
|
||||
* @param VoltageScaling specifies the output voltage to achieve
|
||||
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg @ref SYSCFG_VREFBUF_VoltageScale
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_SYSCFG_VREFBUF_VoltageScalingConfig(uint32_t VoltageScaling)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_SYSCFG_VREFBUF_VOLTAGE_SCALE(VoltageScaling));
|
||||
|
||||
MODIFY_REG(VREFBUF->CSR, VREFBUF_CSR_VRS, VoltageScaling);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Configure the internal voltage reference buffer high impedance mode.
|
||||
* @param Mode specifies the high impedance mode
|
||||
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg @ref SYSCFG_VREFBUF_HighImpedance
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_SYSCFG_VREFBUF_HighImpedanceConfig(uint32_t Mode)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_SYSCFG_VREFBUF_HIGH_IMPEDANCE(Mode));
|
||||
|
||||
MODIFY_REG(VREFBUF->CSR, VREFBUF_CSR_HIZ, Mode);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Tune the Internal Voltage Reference buffer (VREFBUF).
|
||||
* @note VrefBuf voltage scale is calibrated in production for each device,
|
||||
* using voltage scale 1. This calibration value is loaded
|
||||
* as default trimming value at device power up.
|
||||
* This trimming value can be fine tuned for voltage scales 0 and 1
|
||||
* using this function.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_SYSCFG_VREFBUF_TrimmingConfig(uint32_t TrimmingValue)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_SYSCFG_VREFBUF_TRIMMING(TrimmingValue));
|
||||
|
||||
MODIFY_REG(VREFBUF->CCR, VREFBUF_CCR_TRIM, TrimmingValue);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Enable the Internal Voltage Reference buffer (VREFBUF).
|
||||
* @retval HAL_OK/HAL_TIMEOUT
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SYSCFG_EnableVREFBUF(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t tickstart;
|
||||
|
||||
SET_BIT(VREFBUF->CSR, VREFBUF_CSR_ENVR);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get Start Tick*/
|
||||
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait for VRR bit */
|
||||
while (READ_BIT(VREFBUF->CSR, VREFBUF_CSR_VRR) == 0x00U)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > VREFBUF_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Disable the Internal Voltage Reference buffer (VREFBUF).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_SYSCFG_DisableVREFBUF(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
CLEAR_BIT(VREFBUF->CSR, VREFBUF_CSR_ENVR);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* VREFBUF */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Enable the I/O analog switch voltage booster
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_SYSCFG_EnableIOAnalogSwitchBooster(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SET_BIT(SYSCFG->CFGR1, SYSCFG_CFGR1_BOOSTEN);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Disable the I/O analog switch voltage booster
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_SYSCFG_DisableIOAnalogSwitchBooster(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
CLEAR_BIT(SYSCFG->CFGR1, SYSCFG_CFGR1_BOOSTEN);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Enable the remap on PA11_PA12
|
||||
* @param PinRemap specifies which pins have to be remapped
|
||||
* This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg @ref SYSCFG_REMAP_PA11
|
||||
* @arg @ref SYSCFG_REMAP_PA12
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_SYSCFG_EnableRemap(uint32_t PinRemap)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameter */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_HAL_REMAP_PIN(PinRemap));
|
||||
SET_BIT(SYSCFG->CFGR1, PinRemap);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Disable the remap on PA11_PA12
|
||||
* @param PinRemap specifies which pins will behave normally
|
||||
* This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg @ref SYSCFG_REMAP_PA11
|
||||
* @arg @ref SYSCFG_REMAP_PA12
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_SYSCFG_DisableRemap(uint32_t PinRemap)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameter */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_HAL_REMAP_PIN(PinRemap));
|
||||
CLEAR_BIT(SYSCFG->CFGR1, PinRemap);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(SYSCFG_CDEN_SUPPORT)
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Enable Clamping Diode on specified IO
|
||||
* @param PinConfig specifies on which pins clamping Diode has to be enabled
|
||||
* This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg @ref SYSCFG_ClampingDiode
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_SYSCFG_EnableClampingDiode(uint32_t PinConfig)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameter */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_SYSCFG_CLAMPINGDIODE(PinConfig));
|
||||
SET_BIT(SYSCFG->CFGR2, PinConfig);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Disable Clamping Diode on specified IO
|
||||
* @param PinConfig specifies on which pins clamping Diode has to be disabled
|
||||
* This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg @ref SYSCFG_ClampingDiode
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_SYSCFG_DisableClampingDiode(uint32_t PinConfig)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameter */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_SYSCFG_CLAMPINGDIODE(PinConfig));
|
||||
CLEAR_BIT(SYSCFG->CFGR2, PinConfig);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* SYSCFG_CDEN_SUPPORT */
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined (SYSCFG_CFGR1_UCPD1_STROBE) || defined (SYSCFG_CFGR1_UCPD2_STROBE)
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Strobe configuration of GPIO depending on UCPDx dead battery settings
|
||||
* @param ConfigDeadBattery specifies on which pins to make effective or not Dead Battery sw configuration
|
||||
* This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg @ref SYSCFG_UCPD1_STROBE
|
||||
* @arg @ref SYSCFG_UCPD2_STROBE
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_SYSCFG_StrobeDBattpinsConfig(uint32_t ConfigDeadBattery)
|
||||
{
|
||||
assert_param(IS_SYSCFG_DBATT_CONFIG(ConfigDeadBattery));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Change strobe configuration of GPIO depending on UCPDx dead battery settings */
|
||||
MODIFY_REG(SYSCFG->CFGR1, (SYSCFG_CFGR1_UCPD1_STROBE | SYSCFG_CFGR1_UCPD2_STROBE), ConfigDeadBattery);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* SYSCFG_CFGR1_UCPD1_STROBE || SYSCFG_CFGR1_UCPD2_STROBE */
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* HAL_MODULE_ENABLED */
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
|
3006
CDC/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_hal_adc.c
Normal file
3006
CDC/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_hal_adc.c
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load diff
356
CDC/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_hal_adc_ex.c
Normal file
356
CDC/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_hal_adc_ex.c
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,356 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @file stm32g0xx_hal_adc_ex.c
|
||||
* @author MCD Application Team
|
||||
* @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
|
||||
* functionalities of the Analog to Digital Converter (ADC)
|
||||
* peripheral:
|
||||
* + Operation functions
|
||||
* ++ Calibration
|
||||
* +++ ADC automatic self-calibration
|
||||
* +++ Calibration factors get or set
|
||||
* Other functions (generic functions) are available in file
|
||||
* "stm32g0xx_hal_adc.c".
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
(@) Sections "ADC peripheral features" and "How to use this driver" are
|
||||
available in file of generic functions "stm32g0xx_hal_adc.c".
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @attention
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <h2><center>© Copyright (c) 2018 STMicroelectronics.
|
||||
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
|
||||
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
|
||||
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
|
||||
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#include "stm32g0xx_hal.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup ADCEx ADCEx
|
||||
* @brief ADC Extended HAL module driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAL_ADC_MODULE_ENABLED
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup ADCEx_Private_Constants ADC Extended Private Constants
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Fixed timeout value for ADC calibration. */
|
||||
/* Values defined to be higher than worst cases: maximum ratio between ADC */
|
||||
/* and CPU clock frequencies. */
|
||||
/* Example of profile low frequency : ADC frequency at 31.25kHz (ADC clock */
|
||||
/* source PLL 8MHz, ADC clock prescaler 256), CPU frequency 52MHz. */
|
||||
/* Calibration time max = 116 / fADC (refer to datasheet) */
|
||||
/* = 193 024 CPU cycles */
|
||||
#define ADC_CALIBRATION_TIMEOUT (193024UL) /*!< ADC calibration time-out value (unit: CPU cycles) */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup ADCEx_Exported_Functions ADC Extended Exported Functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup ADCEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extended Input and Output operation functions
|
||||
* @brief Extended IO operation functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
##### IO operation functions #####
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
|
||||
|
||||
(+) Perform the ADC self-calibration.
|
||||
(+) Get calibration factors.
|
||||
(+) Set calibration factors.
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Perform an ADC automatic self-calibration
|
||||
* Calibration prerequisite: ADC must be disabled (execute this
|
||||
* function before HAL_ADC_Start() or after HAL_ADC_Stop() ).
|
||||
* @note Calibration factor can be read after calibration, using function
|
||||
* HAL_ADC_GetValue() (value on 7 bits: from DR[6;0]).
|
||||
* @param hadc ADC handle
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_Calibration_Start(ADC_HandleTypeDef *hadc)
|
||||
{
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef tmp_hal_status;
|
||||
__IO uint32_t wait_loop_index = 0UL;
|
||||
uint32_t backup_setting_adc_dma_transfer; /* Note: Variable not declared as volatile because register read is already declared as volatile */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process locked */
|
||||
__HAL_LOCK(hadc);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Calibration prerequisite: ADC must be disabled. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable the ADC (if not already disabled) */
|
||||
tmp_hal_status = ADC_Disable(hadc);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check if ADC is effectively disabled */
|
||||
if (LL_ADC_IsEnabled(hadc->Instance) == 0UL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Set ADC state */
|
||||
ADC_STATE_CLR_SET(hadc->State,
|
||||
HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_BUSY,
|
||||
HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY_INTERNAL);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable ADC DMA transfer request during calibration */
|
||||
/* Note: Specificity of this STM32 series: Calibration factor is */
|
||||
/* available in data register and also transferred by DMA. */
|
||||
/* To not insert ADC calibration factor among ADC conversion data */
|
||||
/* in array variable, DMA transfer must be disabled during */
|
||||
/* calibration. */
|
||||
backup_setting_adc_dma_transfer = READ_BIT(hadc->Instance->CFGR1, ADC_CFGR1_DMAEN | ADC_CFGR1_DMACFG);
|
||||
CLEAR_BIT(hadc->Instance->CFGR1, ADC_CFGR1_DMAEN | ADC_CFGR1_DMACFG);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Start ADC calibration */
|
||||
SET_BIT(hadc->Instance->CR, ADC_CR_ADCAL);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait for calibration completion */
|
||||
while (LL_ADC_IsCalibrationOnGoing(hadc->Instance) != 0UL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
wait_loop_index++;
|
||||
if (wait_loop_index >= ADC_CALIBRATION_TIMEOUT)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Update ADC state machine to error */
|
||||
ADC_STATE_CLR_SET(hadc->State,
|
||||
HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY_INTERNAL,
|
||||
HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_INTERNAL);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process unlocked */
|
||||
__HAL_UNLOCK(hadc);
|
||||
|
||||
return HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Restore ADC DMA transfer request after calibration */
|
||||
SET_BIT(hadc->Instance->CFGR1, backup_setting_adc_dma_transfer);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set ADC state */
|
||||
ADC_STATE_CLR_SET(hadc->State,
|
||||
HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY_INTERNAL,
|
||||
HAL_ADC_STATE_READY);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_INTERNAL);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Note: No need to update variable "tmp_hal_status" here: already set */
|
||||
/* to state "HAL_ERROR" by function disabling the ADC. */
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process unlocked */
|
||||
__HAL_UNLOCK(hadc);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return function status */
|
||||
return tmp_hal_status;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Get the calibration factor.
|
||||
* @param hadc ADC handle.
|
||||
* @retval Calibration value.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t HAL_ADCEx_Calibration_GetValue(ADC_HandleTypeDef *hadc)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return the selected ADC calibration value */
|
||||
return ((hadc->Instance->CALFACT) & 0x0000007FU);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Set the calibration factor to overwrite automatic conversion result.
|
||||
* ADC must be enabled and no conversion is ongoing.
|
||||
* @param hadc ADC handle
|
||||
* @param CalibrationFactor Calibration factor (coded on 7 bits maximum)
|
||||
* @retval HAL state
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_Calibration_SetValue(ADC_HandleTypeDef *hadc, uint32_t CalibrationFactor)
|
||||
{
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef tmp_hal_status = HAL_OK;
|
||||
uint32_t tmp_adc_is_conversion_on_going_regular;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_ADC_CALFACT(CalibrationFactor));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process locked */
|
||||
__HAL_LOCK(hadc);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Verification of hardware constraints before modifying the calibration */
|
||||
/* factors register: ADC must be enabled, no conversion on going. */
|
||||
tmp_adc_is_conversion_on_going_regular = LL_ADC_REG_IsConversionOngoing(hadc->Instance);
|
||||
|
||||
if ((LL_ADC_IsEnabled(hadc->Instance) != 0UL)
|
||||
&& (tmp_adc_is_conversion_on_going_regular == 0UL)
|
||||
)
|
||||
{
|
||||
hadc->Instance->CALFACT &= ~ADC_CALFACT_CALFACT;
|
||||
hadc->Instance->CALFACT |= CalibrationFactor;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Update ADC state machine */
|
||||
SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_CONFIG);
|
||||
/* Update ADC error code */
|
||||
SET_BIT(hadc->ErrorCode, HAL_ADC_ERROR_INTERNAL);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Update ADC state machine to error */
|
||||
tmp_hal_status = HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process unlocked */
|
||||
__HAL_UNLOCK(hadc);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return function status */
|
||||
return tmp_hal_status;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Analog watchdog 2 callback in non-blocking mode.
|
||||
* @param hadc ADC handle
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak void HAL_ADCEx_LevelOutOfWindow2Callback(ADC_HandleTypeDef *hadc)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
|
||||
UNUSED(hadc);
|
||||
|
||||
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified. When the callback is needed,
|
||||
function HAL_ADCEx_LevelOutOfWindow2Callback must be implemented in the user file.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Analog watchdog 3 callback in non-blocking mode.
|
||||
* @param hadc ADC handle
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak void HAL_ADCEx_LevelOutOfWindow3Callback(ADC_HandleTypeDef *hadc)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
|
||||
UNUSED(hadc);
|
||||
|
||||
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified. When the callback is needed,
|
||||
function HAL_ADCEx_LevelOutOfWindow3Callback must be implemented in the user file.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief End Of Sampling callback in non-blocking mode.
|
||||
* @param hadc ADC handle
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak void HAL_ADCEx_EndOfSamplingCallback(ADC_HandleTypeDef *hadc)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
|
||||
UNUSED(hadc);
|
||||
|
||||
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified. When the callback is needed,
|
||||
function HAL_ADCEx_EndOfSamplingCallback must be implemented in the user file.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief ADC channel configuration ready callback in non-blocking mode.
|
||||
* @param hadc ADC handle
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak void HAL_ADCEx_ChannelConfigReadyCallback(ADC_HandleTypeDef *hadc)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
|
||||
UNUSED(hadc);
|
||||
|
||||
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified. When the callback is needed,
|
||||
function HAL_ADCEx_ChannelConfigReadyCallback must be implemented in the user file.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Disable ADC voltage regulator.
|
||||
* @note Disabling voltage regulator allows to save power. This operation can
|
||||
* be carried out only when ADC is disabled.
|
||||
* @note To enable again the voltage regulator, the user is expected to
|
||||
* resort to HAL_ADC_Init() API.
|
||||
* @param hadc ADC handle
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_DisableVoltageRegulator(ADC_HandleTypeDef *hadc)
|
||||
{
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef tmp_hal_status;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be ADC disabled */
|
||||
if (LL_ADC_IsEnabled(hadc->Instance) == 0UL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
LL_ADC_DisableInternalRegulator(hadc->Instance);
|
||||
tmp_hal_status = HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
tmp_hal_status = HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return tmp_hal_status;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* HAL_ADC_MODULE_ENABLED */
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
|
417
CDC/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_hal_cortex.c
Normal file
417
CDC/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_hal_cortex.c
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,417 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @file stm32g0xx_hal_cortex.c
|
||||
* @author MCD Application Team
|
||||
* @brief CORTEX HAL module driver.
|
||||
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
|
||||
* functionalities of the CORTEX:
|
||||
* + Initialization and Configuration functions
|
||||
* + Peripheral Control functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
##### How to use this driver #####
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
*** How to configure Interrupts using CORTEX HAL driver ***
|
||||
===========================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
This section provides functions allowing to configure the NVIC interrupts (IRQ).
|
||||
The Cortex M0+ exceptions are managed by CMSIS functions.
|
||||
(#) Enable and Configure the priority of the selected IRQ Channels.
|
||||
The priority can be 0..3.
|
||||
|
||||
-@- Lower priority values gives higher priority.
|
||||
-@- Priority Order:
|
||||
(#@) Lowest priority.
|
||||
(#@) Lowest hardware priority (IRQn position).
|
||||
|
||||
(#) Configure the priority of the selected IRQ Channels using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority()
|
||||
|
||||
(#) Enable the selected IRQ Channels using HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ()
|
||||
|
||||
-@- Negative value of IRQn_Type are not allowed.
|
||||
|
||||
*** How to configure Systick using CORTEX HAL driver ***
|
||||
========================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
Setup SysTick Timer for time base.
|
||||
|
||||
(+) The HAL_SYSTICK_Config()function calls the SysTick_Config() function which
|
||||
is a CMSIS function that:
|
||||
(++) Configures the SysTick Reload register with value passed as function parameter.
|
||||
(++) Configures the SysTick IRQ priority to the lowest value (0x03).
|
||||
(++) Resets the SysTick Counter register.
|
||||
(++) Configures the SysTick Counter clock source to be Core Clock Source (HCLK).
|
||||
(++) Enables the SysTick Interrupt.
|
||||
(++) Starts the SysTick Counter.
|
||||
|
||||
(+) You can change the SysTick Clock source to be HCLK_Div8 by calling the macro
|
||||
__HAL_CORTEX_SYSTICKCLK_CONFIG(SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK_DIV8) just after the
|
||||
HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function call. The __HAL_CORTEX_SYSTICKCLK_CONFIG() macro is defined
|
||||
inside the stm32g0xx_hal_cortex.h file.
|
||||
|
||||
(+) You can change the SysTick IRQ priority by calling the
|
||||
HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(SysTick_IRQn,...) function just after the HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function
|
||||
call. The HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() call the NVIC_SetPriority() function which is a CMSIS function.
|
||||
|
||||
(+) To adjust the SysTick time base, use the following formula:
|
||||
|
||||
Reload Value = SysTick Counter Clock (Hz) x Desired Time base (s)
|
||||
(++) Reload Value is the parameter to be passed for HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function
|
||||
(++) Reload Value should not exceed 0xFFFFFF
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @attention
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <h2><center>© Copyright (c) 2018 STMicroelectronics.
|
||||
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
|
||||
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
|
||||
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
|
||||
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#include "stm32g0xx_hal.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup CORTEX
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAL_CORTEX_MODULE_ENABLED
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup CORTEX_Exported_Functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup CORTEX_Exported_Functions_Group1
|
||||
* @brief Initialization and Configuration functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
##### Initialization and Configuration functions #####
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
This section provides the CORTEX HAL driver functions allowing to configure Interrupts
|
||||
Systick functionalities
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Sets the priority of an interrupt.
|
||||
* @param IRQn External interrupt number .
|
||||
* This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
|
||||
* (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to stm32g0xx.h file)
|
||||
* @param PreemptPriority The preemption priority for the IRQn channel.
|
||||
* This parameter can be a value between 0 and 3.
|
||||
* A lower priority value indicates a higher priority
|
||||
* @param SubPriority the subpriority level for the IRQ channel.
|
||||
* with stm32g0xx devices, this parameter is a dummy value and it is ignored, because
|
||||
* no subpriority supported in Cortex M0+ based products.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(IRQn_Type IRQn, uint32_t PreemptPriority, uint32_t SubPriority)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_NVIC_PREEMPTION_PRIORITY(PreemptPriority));
|
||||
NVIC_SetPriority(IRQn,PreemptPriority);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Enable a device specific interrupt in the NVIC interrupt controller.
|
||||
* @param IRQn External interrupt number.
|
||||
* This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
|
||||
* (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32g0xxxx.h))
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable interrupt */
|
||||
NVIC_EnableIRQ(IRQn);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Disable a device specific interrupt in the NVIC interrupt controller.
|
||||
* @param IRQn External interrupt number.
|
||||
* This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
|
||||
* (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32g0xxxx.h))
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_NVIC_DisableIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable interrupt */
|
||||
NVIC_DisableIRQ(IRQn);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Initiate a system reset request to reset the MCU.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_NVIC_SystemReset(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* System Reset */
|
||||
NVIC_SystemReset();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Initialize the System Timer with interrupt enabled and start the System Tick Timer (SysTick):
|
||||
* Counter is in free running mode to generate periodic interrupts.
|
||||
* @param TicksNumb Specifies the ticks Number of ticks between two interrupts.
|
||||
* @retval status: - 0 Function succeeded.
|
||||
* - 1 Function failed.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t HAL_SYSTICK_Config(uint32_t TicksNumb)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return SysTick_Config(TicksNumb);
|
||||
}
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup CORTEX_Exported_Functions_Group2
|
||||
* @brief Cortex control functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
##### Peripheral Control functions #####
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the CORTEX
|
||||
(NVIC, SYSTICK, MPU) functionalities.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Get the priority of an interrupt.
|
||||
* @param IRQn External interrupt number.
|
||||
* This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
|
||||
* (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32g0xxxx.h))
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetPriority(IRQn_Type IRQn)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Get priority for Cortex-M system or device specific interrupts */
|
||||
return NVIC_GetPriority(IRQn);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Set Pending bit of an external interrupt.
|
||||
* @param IRQn External interrupt number
|
||||
* This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
|
||||
* (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32g0xxxx.h))
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_NVIC_SetPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set interrupt pending */
|
||||
NVIC_SetPendingIRQ(IRQn);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Get Pending Interrupt (read the pending register in the NVIC
|
||||
* and return the pending bit for the specified interrupt).
|
||||
* @param IRQn External interrupt number.
|
||||
* This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
|
||||
* (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32g0xxxx.h))
|
||||
* @retval status: - 0 Interrupt status is not pending.
|
||||
* - 1 Interrupt status is pending.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return 1 if pending else 0 */
|
||||
return NVIC_GetPendingIRQ(IRQn);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Clear the pending bit of an external interrupt.
|
||||
* @param IRQn External interrupt number.
|
||||
* This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
|
||||
* (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32g0xxxx.h))
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Clear pending interrupt */
|
||||
NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ(IRQn);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Configure the SysTick clock source.
|
||||
* @param CLKSource specifies the SysTick clock source.
|
||||
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK_DIV8: AHB clock divided by 8 selected as SysTick clock source.
|
||||
* @arg SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK: AHB clock selected as SysTick clock source.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_SYSTICK_CLKSourceConfig(uint32_t CLKSource)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_SYSTICK_CLK_SOURCE(CLKSource));
|
||||
if (CLKSource == SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SysTick->CTRL |= SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
SysTick->CTRL &= ~SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Handle SYSTICK interrupt request.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_SYSTICK_IRQHandler(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
HAL_SYSTICK_Callback();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief SYSTICK callback.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak void HAL_SYSTICK_Callback(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
|
||||
the HAL_SYSTICK_Callback could be implemented in the user file
|
||||
*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#if (__MPU_PRESENT == 1U)
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Enable the MPU.
|
||||
* @param MPU_Control Specifies the control mode of the MPU during hard fault,
|
||||
* NMI, FAULTMASK and privileged access to the default memory
|
||||
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg MPU_HFNMI_PRIVDEF_NONE
|
||||
* @arg MPU_HARDFAULT_NMI
|
||||
* @arg MPU_PRIVILEGED_DEFAULT
|
||||
* @arg MPU_HFNMI_PRIVDEF
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_MPU_Enable(uint32_t MPU_Control)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Enable the MPU */
|
||||
MPU->CTRL = (MPU_Control | MPU_CTRL_ENABLE_Msk);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Ensure MPU setting take effects */
|
||||
__DSB();
|
||||
__ISB();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Disable the MPU.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_MPU_Disable(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Make sure outstanding transfers are done */
|
||||
__DMB();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable the MPU and clear the control register*/
|
||||
MPU->CTRL = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Initialize and configure the Region and the memory to be protected.
|
||||
* @param MPU_Init Pointer to a MPU_Region_InitTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the initialization and configuration information.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_MPU_ConfigRegion(MPU_Region_InitTypeDef *MPU_Init)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_MPU_REGION_NUMBER(MPU_Init->Number));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_MPU_REGION_ENABLE(MPU_Init->Enable));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set the Region number */
|
||||
MPU->RNR = MPU_Init->Number;
|
||||
|
||||
if ((MPU_Init->Enable) != 0U)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_MPU_INSTRUCTION_ACCESS(MPU_Init->DisableExec));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_MPU_REGION_PERMISSION_ATTRIBUTE(MPU_Init->AccessPermission));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_MPU_TEX_LEVEL(MPU_Init->TypeExtField));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_MPU_ACCESS_SHAREABLE(MPU_Init->IsShareable));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_MPU_ACCESS_CACHEABLE(MPU_Init->IsCacheable));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_MPU_ACCESS_BUFFERABLE(MPU_Init->IsBufferable));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_MPU_SUB_REGION_DISABLE(MPU_Init->SubRegionDisable));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_MPU_REGION_SIZE(MPU_Init->Size));
|
||||
|
||||
MPU->RBAR = MPU_Init->BaseAddress;
|
||||
MPU->RASR = ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->DisableExec << MPU_RASR_XN_Pos) |
|
||||
((uint32_t)MPU_Init->AccessPermission << MPU_RASR_AP_Pos) |
|
||||
((uint32_t)MPU_Init->TypeExtField << MPU_RASR_TEX_Pos) |
|
||||
((uint32_t)MPU_Init->IsShareable << MPU_RASR_S_Pos) |
|
||||
((uint32_t)MPU_Init->IsCacheable << MPU_RASR_C_Pos) |
|
||||
((uint32_t)MPU_Init->IsBufferable << MPU_RASR_B_Pos) |
|
||||
((uint32_t)MPU_Init->SubRegionDisable << MPU_RASR_SRD_Pos) |
|
||||
((uint32_t)MPU_Init->Size << MPU_RASR_SIZE_Pos) |
|
||||
((uint32_t)MPU_Init->Enable << MPU_RASR_ENABLE_Pos);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
MPU->RBAR = 0x00U;
|
||||
MPU->RASR = 0x00U;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* __MPU_PRESENT */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* HAL_CORTEX_MODULE_ENABLED */
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
|
1509
CDC/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_hal_dac.c
Normal file
1509
CDC/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_hal_dac.c
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load diff
621
CDC/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_hal_dac_ex.c
Normal file
621
CDC/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_hal_dac_ex.c
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,621 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @file stm32g0xx_hal_dac_ex.c
|
||||
* @author MCD Application Team
|
||||
* @brief DAC HAL module driver.
|
||||
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the extended
|
||||
* functionalities of the DAC peripheral.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
##### How to use this driver #####
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
*** Dual mode IO operation ***
|
||||
==============================
|
||||
(+) When Dual mode is enabled (i.e. DAC Channel1 and Channel2 are used simultaneously) :
|
||||
Use HAL_DACEx_DualGetValue() to get digital data to be converted and use
|
||||
HAL_DACEx_DualSetValue() to set digital value to converted simultaneously in
|
||||
Channel 1 and Channel 2.
|
||||
|
||||
*** Signal generation operation ***
|
||||
===================================
|
||||
(+) Use HAL_DACEx_TriangleWaveGenerate() to generate Triangle signal.
|
||||
(+) Use HAL_DACEx_NoiseWaveGenerate() to generate Noise signal.
|
||||
|
||||
(+) HAL_DACEx_SelfCalibrate to calibrate one DAC channel.
|
||||
(+) HAL_DACEx_SetUserTrimming to set user trimming value.
|
||||
(+) HAL_DACEx_GetTrimOffset to retrieve trimming value (factory setting
|
||||
after reset, user setting if HAL_DACEx_SetUserTrimming have been used
|
||||
at least one time after reset).
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @attention
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <h2><center>© Copyright (c) 2018 STMicroelectronics.
|
||||
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
|
||||
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
|
||||
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
|
||||
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#include "stm32g0xx_hal.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAL_DAC_MODULE_ENABLED
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(DAC1)
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup DACEx DACEx
|
||||
* @brief DAC Extended HAL module driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup DACEx_Exported_Functions DACEx Exported Functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup DACEx_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions
|
||||
* @brief Extended IO operation functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
##### Extended features functions #####
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
|
||||
(+) Start conversion.
|
||||
(+) Stop conversion.
|
||||
(+) Start conversion and enable DMA transfer.
|
||||
(+) Stop conversion and disable DMA transfer.
|
||||
(+) Get result of conversion.
|
||||
(+) Get result of dual mode conversion.
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Enable or disable the selected DAC channel wave generation.
|
||||
* @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
|
||||
* @param Channel The selected DAC channel.
|
||||
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
|
||||
* @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected
|
||||
* @param Amplitude Select max triangle amplitude.
|
||||
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_1: Select max triangle amplitude of 1
|
||||
* @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_3: Select max triangle amplitude of 3
|
||||
* @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_7: Select max triangle amplitude of 7
|
||||
* @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_15: Select max triangle amplitude of 15
|
||||
* @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_31: Select max triangle amplitude of 31
|
||||
* @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_63: Select max triangle amplitude of 63
|
||||
* @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_127: Select max triangle amplitude of 127
|
||||
* @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_255: Select max triangle amplitude of 255
|
||||
* @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_511: Select max triangle amplitude of 511
|
||||
* @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_1023: Select max triangle amplitude of 1023
|
||||
* @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_2047: Select max triangle amplitude of 2047
|
||||
* @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_4095: Select max triangle amplitude of 4095
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DACEx_TriangleWaveGenerate(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t Amplitude)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_DAC_LFSR_UNMASK_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE(Amplitude));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process locked */
|
||||
__HAL_LOCK(hdac);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Change DAC state */
|
||||
hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable the triangle wave generation for the selected DAC channel */
|
||||
MODIFY_REG(hdac->Instance->CR, ((DAC_CR_WAVE1) | (DAC_CR_MAMP1)) << (Channel & 0x10UL), (DAC_CR_WAVE1_1 | Amplitude) << (Channel & 0x10UL));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Change DAC state */
|
||||
hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process unlocked */
|
||||
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdac);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return function status */
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Enable or disable the selected DAC channel wave generation.
|
||||
* @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
|
||||
* @param Channel The selected DAC channel.
|
||||
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
|
||||
* @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected
|
||||
* @param Amplitude Unmask DAC channel LFSR for noise wave generation.
|
||||
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BIT0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit0 for noise wave generation
|
||||
* @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS1_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[1:0] for noise wave generation
|
||||
* @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS2_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[2:0] for noise wave generation
|
||||
* @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS3_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[3:0] for noise wave generation
|
||||
* @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS4_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[4:0] for noise wave generation
|
||||
* @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS5_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[5:0] for noise wave generation
|
||||
* @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS6_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[6:0] for noise wave generation
|
||||
* @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS7_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[7:0] for noise wave generation
|
||||
* @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS8_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[8:0] for noise wave generation
|
||||
* @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS9_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[9:0] for noise wave generation
|
||||
* @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS10_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[10:0] for noise wave generation
|
||||
* @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS11_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[11:0] for noise wave generation
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DACEx_NoiseWaveGenerate(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t Amplitude)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_DAC_LFSR_UNMASK_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE(Amplitude));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process locked */
|
||||
__HAL_LOCK(hdac);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Change DAC state */
|
||||
hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable the noise wave generation for the selected DAC channel */
|
||||
MODIFY_REG(hdac->Instance->CR, ((DAC_CR_WAVE1) | (DAC_CR_MAMP1)) << (Channel & 0x10UL), (DAC_CR_WAVE1_0 | Amplitude) << (Channel & 0x10UL));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Change DAC state */
|
||||
hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process unlocked */
|
||||
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdac);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return function status */
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Set the specified data holding register value for dual DAC channel.
|
||||
* @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
|
||||
* @param Alignment Specifies the data alignment for dual channel DAC.
|
||||
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
|
||||
* DAC_ALIGN_8B_R: 8bit right data alignment selected
|
||||
* DAC_ALIGN_12B_L: 12bit left data alignment selected
|
||||
* DAC_ALIGN_12B_R: 12bit right data alignment selected
|
||||
* @param Data1 Data for DAC Channel1 to be loaded in the selected data holding register.
|
||||
* @param Data2 Data for DAC Channel2 to be loaded in the selected data holding register.
|
||||
* @note In dual mode, a unique register access is required to write in both
|
||||
* DAC channels at the same time.
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DACEx_DualSetValue(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac, uint32_t Alignment, uint32_t Data1, uint32_t Data2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t data;
|
||||
uint32_t tmp;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_DAC_ALIGN(Alignment));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_DAC_DATA(Data1));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_DAC_DATA(Data2));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Calculate and set dual DAC data holding register value */
|
||||
if (Alignment == DAC_ALIGN_8B_R)
|
||||
{
|
||||
data = ((uint32_t)Data2 << 8U) | Data1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
data = ((uint32_t)Data2 << 16U) | Data1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
tmp = (uint32_t)hdac->Instance;
|
||||
tmp += DAC_DHR12RD_ALIGNMENT(Alignment);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set the dual DAC selected data holding register */
|
||||
*(__IO uint32_t *)tmp = data;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return function status */
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Conversion complete callback in non-blocking mode for Channel2.
|
||||
* @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak void HAL_DACEx_ConvCpltCallbackCh2(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
|
||||
UNUSED(hdac);
|
||||
|
||||
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
|
||||
the HAL_DACEx_ConvCpltCallbackCh2 could be implemented in the user file
|
||||
*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Conversion half DMA transfer callback in non-blocking mode for Channel2.
|
||||
* @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak void HAL_DACEx_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
|
||||
UNUSED(hdac);
|
||||
|
||||
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
|
||||
the HAL_DACEx_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2 could be implemented in the user file
|
||||
*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Error DAC callback for Channel2.
|
||||
* @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak void HAL_DACEx_ErrorCallbackCh2(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
|
||||
UNUSED(hdac);
|
||||
|
||||
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
|
||||
the HAL_DACEx_ErrorCallbackCh2 could be implemented in the user file
|
||||
*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief DMA underrun DAC callback for Channel2.
|
||||
* @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak void HAL_DACEx_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh2(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
|
||||
UNUSED(hdac);
|
||||
|
||||
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
|
||||
the HAL_DACEx_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh2 could be implemented in the user file
|
||||
*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Run the self calibration of one DAC channel.
|
||||
* @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
|
||||
* @param sConfig DAC channel configuration structure.
|
||||
* @param Channel The selected DAC channel.
|
||||
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
|
||||
* @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected
|
||||
* @retval Updates DAC_TrimmingValue. , DAC_UserTrimming set to DAC_UserTrimming
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
* @note Calibration runs about 7 ms.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DACEx_SelfCalibrate(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac, DAC_ChannelConfTypeDef *sConfig, uint32_t Channel)
|
||||
{
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
|
||||
|
||||
__IO uint32_t tmp;
|
||||
uint32_t trimmingvalue;
|
||||
uint32_t delta;
|
||||
|
||||
/* store/restore channel configuration structure purpose */
|
||||
uint32_t oldmodeconfiguration;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the DAC handle allocation */
|
||||
/* Check if DAC running */
|
||||
if (hdac == NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
status = HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (hdac->State == HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY)
|
||||
{
|
||||
status = HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Process locked */
|
||||
__HAL_LOCK(hdac);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Store configuration */
|
||||
oldmodeconfiguration = (hdac->Instance->MCR & (DAC_MCR_MODE1 << (Channel & 0x10UL)));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable the selected DAC channel */
|
||||
CLEAR_BIT((hdac->Instance->CR), (DAC_CR_EN1 << (Channel & 0x10UL)));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set mode in MCR for calibration */
|
||||
MODIFY_REG(hdac->Instance->MCR, (DAC_MCR_MODE1 << (Channel & 0x10UL)), 0U);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set DAC Channel1 DHR register to the middle value */
|
||||
tmp = (uint32_t)hdac->Instance;
|
||||
|
||||
if (Channel == DAC_CHANNEL_1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
tmp += DAC_DHR12R1_ALIGNMENT(DAC_ALIGN_12B_R);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
tmp += DAC_DHR12R2_ALIGNMENT(DAC_ALIGN_12B_R);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
*(__IO uint32_t *) tmp = 0x0800U;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable the selected DAC channel calibration */
|
||||
/* i.e. set DAC_CR_CENx bit */
|
||||
SET_BIT((hdac->Instance->CR), (DAC_CR_CEN1 << (Channel & 0x10UL)));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Init trimming counter */
|
||||
/* Medium value */
|
||||
trimmingvalue = 16U;
|
||||
delta = 8U;
|
||||
while (delta != 0U)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Set candidate trimming */
|
||||
MODIFY_REG(hdac->Instance->CCR, (DAC_CCR_OTRIM1 << (Channel & 0x10UL)), (trimmingvalue << (Channel & 0x10UL)));
|
||||
|
||||
/* tOFFTRIMmax delay x ms as per datasheet (electrical characteristics */
|
||||
/* i.e. minimum time needed between two calibration steps */
|
||||
HAL_Delay(1);
|
||||
|
||||
if ((hdac->Instance->SR & (DAC_SR_CAL_FLAG1 << (Channel & 0x10UL))) == (DAC_SR_CAL_FLAG1 << (Channel & 0x10UL)))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* DAC_SR_CAL_FLAGx is HIGH try higher trimming */
|
||||
trimmingvalue -= delta;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* DAC_SR_CAL_FLAGx is LOW try lower trimming */
|
||||
trimmingvalue += delta;
|
||||
}
|
||||
delta >>= 1U;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Still need to check if right calibration is current value or one step below */
|
||||
/* Indeed the first value that causes the DAC_SR_CAL_FLAGx bit to change from 0 to 1 */
|
||||
/* Set candidate trimming */
|
||||
MODIFY_REG(hdac->Instance->CCR, (DAC_CCR_OTRIM1 << (Channel & 0x10UL)), (trimmingvalue << (Channel & 0x10UL)));
|
||||
|
||||
/* tOFFTRIMmax delay x ms as per datasheet (electrical characteristics */
|
||||
/* i.e. minimum time needed between two calibration steps */
|
||||
HAL_Delay(1U);
|
||||
|
||||
if ((hdac->Instance->SR & (DAC_SR_CAL_FLAG1 << (Channel & 0x10UL))) == 0UL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* OPAMP_CSR_OUTCAL is actually one value more */
|
||||
trimmingvalue++;
|
||||
/* Set right trimming */
|
||||
MODIFY_REG(hdac->Instance->CCR, (DAC_CCR_OTRIM1 << (Channel & 0x10UL)), (trimmingvalue << (Channel & 0x10UL)));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable the selected DAC channel calibration */
|
||||
/* i.e. clear DAC_CR_CENx bit */
|
||||
CLEAR_BIT((hdac->Instance->CR), (DAC_CR_CEN1 << (Channel & 0x10UL)));
|
||||
|
||||
sConfig->DAC_TrimmingValue = trimmingvalue;
|
||||
sConfig->DAC_UserTrimming = DAC_TRIMMING_USER;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Restore configuration */
|
||||
MODIFY_REG(hdac->Instance->MCR, (DAC_MCR_MODE1 << (Channel & 0x10UL)), oldmodeconfiguration);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process unlocked */
|
||||
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdac);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return status;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Set the trimming mode and trimming value (user trimming mode applied).
|
||||
* @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
|
||||
* @param sConfig DAC configuration structure updated with new DAC trimming value.
|
||||
* @param Channel The selected DAC channel.
|
||||
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
|
||||
* @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected
|
||||
* @param NewTrimmingValue DAC new trimming value
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DACEx_SetUserTrimming(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac, DAC_ChannelConfTypeDef *sConfig, uint32_t Channel,
|
||||
uint32_t NewTrimmingValue)
|
||||
{
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_DAC_NEWTRIMMINGVALUE(NewTrimmingValue));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the DAC handle allocation */
|
||||
if (hdac == NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
status = HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Process locked */
|
||||
__HAL_LOCK(hdac);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set new trimming */
|
||||
MODIFY_REG(hdac->Instance->CCR, (DAC_CCR_OTRIM1 << (Channel & 0x10UL)), (NewTrimmingValue << (Channel & 0x10UL)));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Update trimming mode */
|
||||
sConfig->DAC_UserTrimming = DAC_TRIMMING_USER;
|
||||
sConfig->DAC_TrimmingValue = NewTrimmingValue;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process unlocked */
|
||||
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdac);
|
||||
}
|
||||
return status;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Return the DAC trimming value.
|
||||
* @param hdac DAC handle
|
||||
* @param Channel The selected DAC channel.
|
||||
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
|
||||
* @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected
|
||||
* @retval Trimming value : range: 0->31
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t HAL_DACEx_GetTrimOffset(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac, uint32_t Channel)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameter */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Retrieve trimming */
|
||||
return ((hdac->Instance->CCR & (DAC_CCR_OTRIM1 << (Channel & 0x10UL))) >> (Channel & 0x10UL));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup DACEx_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral Control functions
|
||||
* @brief Extended Peripheral Control functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
##### Peripheral Control functions #####
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
|
||||
(+) Set the specified data holding register value for DAC channel.
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Return the last data output value of the selected DAC channel.
|
||||
* @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
|
||||
* @retval The selected DAC channel data output value.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t HAL_DACEx_DualGetValue(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t tmp = 0U;
|
||||
|
||||
tmp |= hdac->Instance->DOR1;
|
||||
|
||||
tmp |= hdac->Instance->DOR2 << 16U;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Returns the DAC channel data output register value */
|
||||
return tmp;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/** @defgroup DACEx_Private_Functions DACEx private functions
|
||||
* @brief Extended private functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief DMA conversion complete callback.
|
||||
* @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void DAC_DMAConvCpltCh2(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac = (DAC_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent;
|
||||
|
||||
#if (USE_HAL_DAC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
|
||||
hdac->ConvCpltCallbackCh2(hdac);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
HAL_DACEx_ConvCpltCallbackCh2(hdac);
|
||||
#endif /* USE_HAL_DAC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
|
||||
|
||||
hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief DMA half transfer complete callback.
|
||||
* @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void DAC_DMAHalfConvCpltCh2(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac = (DAC_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent;
|
||||
/* Conversion complete callback */
|
||||
#if (USE_HAL_DAC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
|
||||
hdac->ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2(hdac);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
HAL_DACEx_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2(hdac);
|
||||
#endif /* USE_HAL_DAC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief DMA error callback.
|
||||
* @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void DAC_DMAErrorCh2(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac = (DAC_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set DAC error code to DMA error */
|
||||
hdac->ErrorCode |= HAL_DAC_ERROR_DMA;
|
||||
|
||||
#if (USE_HAL_DAC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
|
||||
hdac->ErrorCallbackCh2(hdac);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
HAL_DACEx_ErrorCallbackCh2(hdac);
|
||||
#endif /* USE_HAL_DAC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
|
||||
|
||||
hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* DAC1 */
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* HAL_DAC_MODULE_ENABLED */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
|
1192
CDC/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_hal_dma.c
Normal file
1192
CDC/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_hal_dma.c
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load diff
320
CDC/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_hal_dma_ex.c
Normal file
320
CDC/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_hal_dma_ex.c
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,320 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @file stm32g0xx_hal_dma_ex.c
|
||||
* @author MCD Application Team
|
||||
* @brief DMA Extension HAL module driver
|
||||
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
|
||||
* functionalities of the DMA Extension peripheral:
|
||||
* + Extended features functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
##### How to use this driver #####
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
The DMA Extension HAL driver can be used as follows:
|
||||
(+) Configure the DMAMUX Synchronization Block using HAL_DMAEx_ConfigMuxSync function.
|
||||
(+) Configure the DMAMUX Request Generator Block using HAL_DMAEx_ConfigMuxRequestGenerator function.
|
||||
Functions HAL_DMAEx_EnableMuxRequestGenerator and HAL_DMAEx_DisableMuxRequestGenerator can then be used
|
||||
to respectively enable/disable the request generator.
|
||||
|
||||
(+) To handle the DMAMUX Interrupts, the function HAL_DMAEx_MUX_IRQHandler should be called from
|
||||
the DMAMUX IRQ handler i.e DMAMUX1_OVR_IRQHandler.
|
||||
As only one interrupt line is available for all DMAMUX channels and request generators , HAL_DMAEx_MUX_IRQHandler should be
|
||||
called with, as parameter, the appropriate DMA handle as many as used DMAs in the user project
|
||||
(exception done if a given DMA is not using the DMAMUX SYNC block neither a request generator)
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @attention
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <h2><center>© Copyright (c) 2018 STMicroelectronics.
|
||||
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
|
||||
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
|
||||
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
|
||||
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#include "stm32g0xx_hal.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup DMAEx DMAEx
|
||||
* @brief DMA Extended HAL module driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private Constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup DMAEx_Exported_Functions DMAEx Exported Functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup DMAEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 DMAEx Extended features functions
|
||||
* @brief Extended features functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
##### Extended features functions #####
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
|
||||
|
||||
(+) Configure the DMAMUX Synchronization Block using HAL_DMAEx_ConfigMuxSync function.
|
||||
(+) Configure the DMAMUX Request Generator Block using HAL_DMAEx_ConfigMuxRequestGenerator function.
|
||||
Functions HAL_DMAEx_EnableMuxRequestGenerator and HAL_DMAEx_DisableMuxRequestGenerator can then be used
|
||||
to respectively enable/disable the request generator.
|
||||
(+) Handle DMAMUX interrupts using HAL_DMAEx_MUX_IRQHandler : should be called from
|
||||
the DMAMUX IRQ handler
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Configure the DMAMUX synchronization parameters for a given DMA channel (instance).
|
||||
* @param hdma Pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified DMA channel.
|
||||
* @param pSyncConfig Pointer to HAL_DMA_MuxSyncConfigTypeDef contains the DMAMUX synchronization parameters
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMAEx_ConfigMuxSync(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, HAL_DMA_MuxSyncConfigTypeDef *pSyncConfig)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_INSTANCE(hdma->Instance));
|
||||
|
||||
assert_param(IS_DMAMUX_SYNC_SIGNAL_ID(pSyncConfig->SyncSignalID));
|
||||
|
||||
assert_param(IS_DMAMUX_SYNC_POLARITY(pSyncConfig-> SyncPolarity));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_DMAMUX_SYNC_STATE(pSyncConfig->SyncEnable));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_DMAMUX_SYNC_EVENT(pSyncConfig->EventEnable));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_DMAMUX_SYNC_REQUEST_NUMBER(pSyncConfig->RequestNumber));
|
||||
|
||||
/*Check if the DMA state is ready */
|
||||
if (hdma->State == HAL_DMA_STATE_READY)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Process Locked */
|
||||
__HAL_LOCK(hdma);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set the new synchronization parameters (and keep the request ID filled during the Init)*/
|
||||
MODIFY_REG(hdma->DMAmuxChannel->CCR, \
|
||||
(~DMAMUX_CxCR_DMAREQ_ID), \
|
||||
(pSyncConfig->SyncSignalID | ((pSyncConfig->RequestNumber - 1U) << DMAMUX_CxCR_NBREQ_Pos) | \
|
||||
pSyncConfig->SyncPolarity | ((uint32_t)pSyncConfig->SyncEnable << DMAMUX_CxCR_SE_Pos) | \
|
||||
((uint32_t)pSyncConfig->EventEnable << DMAMUX_CxCR_EGE_Pos)));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process UnLocked */
|
||||
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
|
||||
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Set the error code to busy */
|
||||
hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_BUSY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return error status */
|
||||
return HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Configure the DMAMUX request generator block used by the given DMA channel (instance).
|
||||
* @param hdma Pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified DMA channel.
|
||||
* @param pRequestGeneratorConfig Pointer to HAL_DMA_MuxRequestGeneratorConfigTypeDef
|
||||
* contains the request generator parameters.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMAEx_ConfigMuxRequestGenerator(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, HAL_DMA_MuxRequestGeneratorConfigTypeDef *pRequestGeneratorConfig)
|
||||
{
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef status;
|
||||
HAL_DMA_StateTypeDef temp_state = hdma->State;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_INSTANCE(hdma->Instance));
|
||||
|
||||
assert_param(IS_DMAMUX_REQUEST_GEN_SIGNAL_ID(pRequestGeneratorConfig->SignalID));
|
||||
|
||||
assert_param(IS_DMAMUX_REQUEST_GEN_POLARITY(pRequestGeneratorConfig->Polarity));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_DMAMUX_REQUEST_GEN_REQUEST_NUMBER(pRequestGeneratorConfig->RequestNumber));
|
||||
|
||||
/* check if the DMA state is ready
|
||||
and DMA is using a DMAMUX request generator block
|
||||
*/
|
||||
if (hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen == 0U)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Set the error code to busy */
|
||||
hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_PARAM;
|
||||
|
||||
/* error status */
|
||||
status = HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (((hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen->RGCR & DMAMUX_RGxCR_GE) == 0U) && (temp_state == HAL_DMA_STATE_READY))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* RequestGenerator must be disable prior to the configuration i.e GE bit is 0 */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process Locked */
|
||||
__HAL_LOCK(hdma);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set the request generator new parameters*/
|
||||
hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen->RGCR = pRequestGeneratorConfig->SignalID | \
|
||||
((pRequestGeneratorConfig->RequestNumber - 1U) << DMAMUX_RGxCR_GNBREQ_Pos) | \
|
||||
pRequestGeneratorConfig->Polarity;
|
||||
/* Process UnLocked */
|
||||
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
|
||||
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Set the error code to busy */
|
||||
hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_BUSY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* error status */
|
||||
status = HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return status;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Enable the DMAMUX request generator block used by the given DMA channel (instance).
|
||||
* @param hdma Pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified DMA channel.
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMAEx_EnableMuxRequestGenerator(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_INSTANCE(hdma->Instance));
|
||||
|
||||
/* check if the DMA state is ready
|
||||
and DMA is using a DMAMUX request generator block
|
||||
*/
|
||||
if ((hdma->State != HAL_DMA_STATE_RESET) && (hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen != 0))
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable the request generator*/
|
||||
hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen->RGCR |= DMAMUX_RGxCR_GE;
|
||||
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Disable the DMAMUX request generator block used by the given DMA channel (instance).
|
||||
* @param hdma Pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified DMA channel.
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMAEx_DisableMuxRequestGenerator(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_INSTANCE(hdma->Instance));
|
||||
|
||||
/* check if the DMA state is ready
|
||||
and DMA is using a DMAMUX request generator block
|
||||
*/
|
||||
if ((hdma->State != HAL_DMA_STATE_RESET) && (hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen != 0))
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable the request generator*/
|
||||
hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen->RGCR &= ~DMAMUX_RGxCR_GE;
|
||||
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Handles DMAMUX interrupt request.
|
||||
* @param hdma Pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified DMA channel.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_DMAEx_MUX_IRQHandler(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check for DMAMUX Synchronization overrun */
|
||||
if ((hdma->DMAmuxChannelStatus->CSR & hdma->DMAmuxChannelStatusMask) != 0U)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Disable the synchro overrun interrupt */
|
||||
hdma->DMAmuxChannel->CCR &= ~DMAMUX_CxCR_SOIE;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Clear the DMAMUX synchro overrun flag */
|
||||
hdma->DMAmuxChannelStatus->CFR = hdma->DMAmuxChannelStatusMask;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Update error code */
|
||||
hdma->ErrorCode |= HAL_DMA_ERROR_SYNC;
|
||||
|
||||
if (hdma->XferErrorCallback != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Transfer error callback */
|
||||
hdma->XferErrorCallback(hdma);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen != 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* if using a DMAMUX request generator block Check for DMAMUX request generator overrun */
|
||||
if ((hdma->DMAmuxRequestGenStatus->RGSR & hdma->DMAmuxRequestGenStatusMask) != 0U)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Disable the request gen overrun interrupt */
|
||||
hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen->RGCR &= ~DMAMUX_RGxCR_OIE;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Clear the DMAMUX request generator overrun flag */
|
||||
hdma->DMAmuxRequestGenStatus->RGCFR = hdma->DMAmuxRequestGenStatusMask;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Update error code */
|
||||
hdma->ErrorCode |= HAL_DMA_ERROR_REQGEN;
|
||||
|
||||
if (hdma->XferErrorCallback != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Transfer error callback */
|
||||
hdma->XferErrorCallback(hdma);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED */
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
|
681
CDC/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_hal_exti.c
Normal file
681
CDC/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_hal_exti.c
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,681 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @file stm32g0xx_hal_exti.c
|
||||
* @author MCD Application Team
|
||||
* @brief EXTI HAL module driver.
|
||||
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
|
||||
* functionalities of the General Purpose Input/Output (EXTI) peripheral:
|
||||
* + Initialization and de-initialization functions
|
||||
* + IO operation functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
##### EXTI Peripheral features #####
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
(+) Each Exti line can be configured within this driver.
|
||||
|
||||
(+) Exti line can be configured in 3 different modes
|
||||
(++) Interrupt
|
||||
(++) Event
|
||||
(++) Both of them
|
||||
|
||||
(+) Configurable Exti lines can be configured with 3 different triggers
|
||||
(++) Rising
|
||||
(++) Falling
|
||||
(++) Both of them
|
||||
|
||||
(+) When set in interrupt mode, configurable Exti lines have two diffenrents
|
||||
interrupt pending registers which allow to distinguish which transition
|
||||
occurs:
|
||||
(++) Rising edge pending interrupt
|
||||
(++) Falling
|
||||
|
||||
(+) Exti lines 0 to 15 are linked to gpio pin number 0 to 15. Gpio port can
|
||||
be selected through multiplexer.
|
||||
|
||||
##### How to use this driver #####
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
|
||||
(#) Configure the EXTI line using HAL_EXTI_SetConfigLine().
|
||||
(++) Choose the interrupt line number by setting "Line" member from
|
||||
EXTI_ConfigTypeDef structure.
|
||||
(++) Configure the interrupt and/or event mode using "Mode" member from
|
||||
EXTI_ConfigTypeDef structure.
|
||||
(++) For configurable lines, configure rising and/or falling trigger
|
||||
"Trigger" member from EXTI_ConfigTypeDef structure.
|
||||
(++) For Exti lines linked to gpio, choose gpio port using "GPIOSel"
|
||||
member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure.
|
||||
|
||||
(#) Get current Exti configuration of a dedicated line using
|
||||
HAL_EXTI_GetConfigLine().
|
||||
(++) Provide exiting handle as parameter.
|
||||
(++) Provide pointer on EXTI_ConfigTypeDef structure as second parameter.
|
||||
|
||||
(#) Clear Exti configuration of a dedicated line using HAL_EXTI_GetConfigLine().
|
||||
(++) Provide exiting handle as parameter.
|
||||
|
||||
(#) Register callback to treat Exti interrupts using HAL_EXTI_RegisterCallback().
|
||||
(++) Provide exiting handle as first parameter.
|
||||
(++) Provide which callback will be registered using one value from
|
||||
EXTI_CallbackIDTypeDef.
|
||||
(++) Provide callback function pointer.
|
||||
|
||||
(#) Get interrupt pending bit using HAL_EXTI_GetPending().
|
||||
|
||||
(#) Clear interrupt pending bit using HAL_EXTI_GetPending().
|
||||
|
||||
(#) Generate software interrupt using HAL_EXTI_GenerateSWI().
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @attention
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <h2><center>© Copyright (c) 2018 STMicroelectronics.
|
||||
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
|
||||
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
|
||||
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
|
||||
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#include "stm32g0xx_hal.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup EXTI
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/** MISRA C:2012 deviation rule has been granted for following rule:
|
||||
* Rule-18.1_b - Medium: Array `EXTICR' 1st subscript interval [0,7] may be out
|
||||
* of bounds [0,3] in following API :
|
||||
* HAL_EXTI_SetConfigLine
|
||||
* HAL_EXTI_GetConfigLine
|
||||
* HAL_EXTI_ClearConfigLine
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAL_EXTI_MODULE_ENABLED
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private defines ------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/** @defgroup EXTI_Private_Constants EXTI Private Constants
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define EXTI_MODE_OFFSET 0x04u /* 0x10: offset between CPU IMR/EMR registers */
|
||||
#define EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET 0x08u /* 0x20: offset between CPU Rising/Falling configuration registers */
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup EXTI_Exported_Functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup EXTI_Exported_Functions_Group1
|
||||
* @brief Configuration functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
##### Configuration functions #####
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Set configuration of a dedicated Exti line.
|
||||
* @param hexti Exti handle.
|
||||
* @param pExtiConfig Pointer on EXTI configuration to be set.
|
||||
* @retval HAL Status.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_EXTI_SetConfigLine(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti, EXTI_ConfigTypeDef *pExtiConfig)
|
||||
{
|
||||
__IO uint32_t *regaddr;
|
||||
uint32_t regval;
|
||||
uint32_t linepos;
|
||||
uint32_t maskline;
|
||||
uint32_t offset;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check null pointer */
|
||||
if ((hexti == NULL) || (pExtiConfig == NULL))
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(pExtiConfig->Line));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_EXTI_MODE(pExtiConfig->Mode));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Assign line number to handle */
|
||||
hexti->Line = pExtiConfig->Line;
|
||||
|
||||
/* compute line register offset and line mask */
|
||||
offset = ((pExtiConfig->Line & EXTI_REG_MASK) >> EXTI_REG_SHIFT);
|
||||
linepos = (pExtiConfig->Line & EXTI_PIN_MASK);
|
||||
maskline = (1uL << linepos);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Configure triggers for configurable lines */
|
||||
if ((pExtiConfig->Line & EXTI_CONFIG) != 0x00u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
assert_param(IS_EXTI_TRIGGER(pExtiConfig->Trigger));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Configure rising trigger */
|
||||
regaddr = (&EXTI->RTSR1 + (EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET * offset));
|
||||
regval = *regaddr;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Mask or set line */
|
||||
if ((pExtiConfig->Trigger & EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING) != 0x00u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
regval |= maskline;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
regval &= ~maskline;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Store rising trigger mode */
|
||||
*regaddr = regval;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Configure falling trigger */
|
||||
regaddr = (&EXTI->FTSR1 + (EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET * offset));
|
||||
regval = *regaddr;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Mask or set line */
|
||||
if ((pExtiConfig->Trigger & EXTI_TRIGGER_FALLING) != 0x00u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
regval |= maskline;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
regval &= ~maskline;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Store falling trigger mode */
|
||||
*regaddr = regval;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Configure gpio port selection in case of gpio exti line */
|
||||
if ((pExtiConfig->Line & EXTI_GPIO) == EXTI_GPIO)
|
||||
{
|
||||
assert_param(IS_EXTI_GPIO_PORT(pExtiConfig->GPIOSel));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_EXTI_GPIO_PIN(linepos));
|
||||
|
||||
regval = EXTI->EXTICR[linepos >> 2u];
|
||||
regval &= ~(EXTI_EXTICR1_EXTI0 << (EXTI_EXTICR1_EXTI1_Pos * (linepos & 0x03u)));
|
||||
regval |= (pExtiConfig->GPIOSel << (EXTI_EXTICR1_EXTI1_Pos * (linepos & 0x03u)));
|
||||
EXTI->EXTICR[linepos >> 2u] = regval;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Configure interrupt mode : read current mode */
|
||||
regaddr = (&EXTI->IMR1 + (EXTI_MODE_OFFSET * offset));
|
||||
regval = *regaddr;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Mask or set line */
|
||||
if ((pExtiConfig->Mode & EXTI_MODE_INTERRUPT) != 0x00u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
regval |= maskline;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
regval &= ~maskline;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Store interrupt mode */
|
||||
*regaddr = regval;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Configure event mode : read current mode */
|
||||
regaddr = (&EXTI->EMR1 + (EXTI_MODE_OFFSET * offset));
|
||||
regval = *regaddr;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Mask or set line */
|
||||
if ((pExtiConfig->Mode & EXTI_MODE_EVENT) != 0x00u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
regval |= maskline;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
regval &= ~maskline;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Store event mode */
|
||||
*regaddr = regval;
|
||||
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Get configuration of a dedicated Exti line.
|
||||
* @param hexti Exti handle.
|
||||
* @param pExtiConfig Pointer on structure to store Exti configuration.
|
||||
* @retval HAL Status.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_EXTI_GetConfigLine(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti, EXTI_ConfigTypeDef *pExtiConfig)
|
||||
{
|
||||
__IO uint32_t *regaddr;
|
||||
uint32_t regval;
|
||||
uint32_t linepos;
|
||||
uint32_t maskline;
|
||||
uint32_t offset;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check null pointer */
|
||||
if ((hexti == NULL) || (pExtiConfig == NULL))
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameter */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(hexti->Line));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Store handle line number to configiguration structure */
|
||||
pExtiConfig->Line = hexti->Line;
|
||||
|
||||
/* compute line register offset and line mask */
|
||||
offset = ((pExtiConfig->Line & EXTI_REG_MASK) >> EXTI_REG_SHIFT);
|
||||
linepos = (pExtiConfig->Line & EXTI_PIN_MASK);
|
||||
maskline = (1uL << linepos);
|
||||
|
||||
/* 1] Get core mode : interrupt */
|
||||
regaddr = (&EXTI->IMR1 + (EXTI_MODE_OFFSET * offset));
|
||||
regval = *regaddr;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check if selected line is enable */
|
||||
if ((regval & maskline) != 0x00u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
pExtiConfig->Mode = EXTI_MODE_INTERRUPT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
pExtiConfig->Mode = EXTI_MODE_NONE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get event mode */
|
||||
regaddr = (&EXTI->EMR1 + (EXTI_MODE_OFFSET * offset));
|
||||
regval = *regaddr;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check if selected line is enable */
|
||||
if ((regval & maskline) != 0x00u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
pExtiConfig->Mode |= EXTI_MODE_EVENT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* 2] Get trigger for configurable lines : rising */
|
||||
if ((pExtiConfig->Line & EXTI_CONFIG) != 0x00u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
regaddr = (&EXTI->RTSR1 + (EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET * offset));
|
||||
regval = *regaddr;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check if configuration of selected line is enable */
|
||||
if ((regval & maskline) != 0x00u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
pExtiConfig->Trigger = EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
pExtiConfig->Trigger = EXTI_TRIGGER_NONE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get falling configuration */
|
||||
regaddr = (&EXTI->FTSR1 + (EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET * offset));
|
||||
regval = *regaddr;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check if configuration of selected line is enable */
|
||||
if ((regval & maskline) != 0x00u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
pExtiConfig->Trigger |= EXTI_TRIGGER_FALLING;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get Gpio port selection for gpio lines */
|
||||
if ((pExtiConfig->Line & EXTI_GPIO) == EXTI_GPIO)
|
||||
{
|
||||
assert_param(IS_EXTI_GPIO_PIN(linepos));
|
||||
|
||||
regval = EXTI->EXTICR[linepos >> 2u];
|
||||
pExtiConfig->GPIOSel = ((regval << (EXTI_EXTICR1_EXTI1_Pos * (3uL - (linepos & 0x03u)))) >> 24);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
pExtiConfig->GPIOSel = 0x00u;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
pExtiConfig->Trigger = EXTI_TRIGGER_NONE;
|
||||
pExtiConfig->GPIOSel = 0x00u;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Clear whole configuration of a dedicated Exti line.
|
||||
* @param hexti Exti handle.
|
||||
* @retval HAL Status.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_EXTI_ClearConfigLine(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti)
|
||||
{
|
||||
__IO uint32_t *regaddr;
|
||||
uint32_t regval;
|
||||
uint32_t linepos;
|
||||
uint32_t maskline;
|
||||
uint32_t offset;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check null pointer */
|
||||
if (hexti == NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameter */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(hexti->Line));
|
||||
|
||||
/* compute line register offset and line mask */
|
||||
offset = ((hexti->Line & EXTI_REG_MASK) >> EXTI_REG_SHIFT);
|
||||
linepos = (hexti->Line & EXTI_PIN_MASK);
|
||||
maskline = (1uL << linepos);
|
||||
|
||||
/* 1] Clear interrupt mode */
|
||||
regaddr = (&EXTI->IMR1 + (EXTI_MODE_OFFSET * offset));
|
||||
regval = (*regaddr & ~maskline);
|
||||
*regaddr = regval;
|
||||
|
||||
/* 2] Clear event mode */
|
||||
regaddr = (&EXTI->EMR1 + (EXTI_MODE_OFFSET * offset));
|
||||
regval = (*regaddr & ~maskline);
|
||||
*regaddr = regval;
|
||||
|
||||
/* 3] Clear triggers in case of configurable lines */
|
||||
if ((hexti->Line & EXTI_CONFIG) != 0x00u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
regaddr = (&EXTI->RTSR1 + (EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET * offset));
|
||||
regval = (*regaddr & ~maskline);
|
||||
*regaddr = regval;
|
||||
|
||||
regaddr = (&EXTI->FTSR1 + (EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET * offset));
|
||||
regval = (*regaddr & ~maskline);
|
||||
*regaddr = regval;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get Gpio port selection for gpio lines */
|
||||
if ((hexti->Line & EXTI_GPIO) == EXTI_GPIO)
|
||||
{
|
||||
assert_param(IS_EXTI_GPIO_PIN(linepos));
|
||||
|
||||
regval = EXTI->EXTICR[linepos >> 2u];
|
||||
regval &= ~(EXTI_EXTICR1_EXTI0 << (EXTI_EXTICR1_EXTI1_Pos * (linepos & 0x03u)));
|
||||
EXTI->EXTICR[linepos >> 2u] = regval;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Register callback for a dedicaated Exti line.
|
||||
* @param hexti Exti handle.
|
||||
* @param CallbackID User callback identifier.
|
||||
* This parameter can be one of @arg @ref EXTI_CallbackIDTypeDef values.
|
||||
* @param pPendingCbfn function pointer to be stored as callback.
|
||||
* @retval HAL Status.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_EXTI_RegisterCallback(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti, EXTI_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID, void (*pPendingCbfn)(void))
|
||||
{
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
|
||||
|
||||
switch (CallbackID)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case HAL_EXTI_COMMON_CB_ID:
|
||||
hexti->RisingCallback = pPendingCbfn;
|
||||
hexti->FallingCallback = pPendingCbfn;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case HAL_EXTI_RISING_CB_ID:
|
||||
hexti->RisingCallback = pPendingCbfn;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case HAL_EXTI_FALLING_CB_ID:
|
||||
hexti->FallingCallback = pPendingCbfn;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
default:
|
||||
status = HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return status;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Store line number as handle private field.
|
||||
* @param hexti Exti handle.
|
||||
* @param ExtiLine Exti line number.
|
||||
* This parameter can be from 0 to @ref EXTI_LINE_NB.
|
||||
* @retval HAL Status.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_EXTI_GetHandle(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti, uint32_t ExtiLine)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(ExtiLine));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check null pointer */
|
||||
if (hexti == NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Store line number as handle private field */
|
||||
hexti->Line = ExtiLine;
|
||||
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup EXTI_Exported_Functions_Group2
|
||||
* @brief EXTI IO functions.
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
##### IO operation functions #####
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Handle EXTI interrupt request.
|
||||
* @param hexti Exti handle.
|
||||
* @retval none.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_EXTI_IRQHandler(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti)
|
||||
{
|
||||
__IO uint32_t *regaddr;
|
||||
uint32_t regval;
|
||||
uint32_t maskline;
|
||||
uint32_t offset;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Compute line register offset and line mask */
|
||||
offset = ((hexti->Line & EXTI_REG_MASK) >> EXTI_REG_SHIFT);
|
||||
maskline = (1uL << (hexti->Line & EXTI_PIN_MASK));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get rising edge pending bit */
|
||||
regaddr = (&EXTI->RPR1 + (EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET * offset));
|
||||
regval = (*regaddr & maskline);
|
||||
|
||||
if (regval != 0x00u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Clear pending bit */
|
||||
*regaddr = maskline;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Call rising callback */
|
||||
if (hexti->RisingCallback != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
hexti->RisingCallback();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get falling edge pending bit */
|
||||
regaddr = (&EXTI->FPR1 + (EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET * offset));
|
||||
regval = (*regaddr & maskline);
|
||||
|
||||
if (regval != 0x00u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Clear pending bit */
|
||||
*regaddr = maskline;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Call rising callback */
|
||||
if (hexti->FallingCallback != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
hexti->FallingCallback();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Get interrupt pending bit of a dedicated line.
|
||||
* @param hexti Exti handle.
|
||||
* @param Edge Specify which pending edge as to be checked.
|
||||
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg @ref EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING
|
||||
* @arg @ref EXTI_TRIGGER_FALLING
|
||||
* @retval 1 if interrupt is pending else 0.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t HAL_EXTI_GetPending(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti, uint32_t Edge)
|
||||
{
|
||||
__IO uint32_t *regaddr;
|
||||
uint32_t regval;
|
||||
uint32_t linepos;
|
||||
uint32_t maskline;
|
||||
uint32_t offset;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(hexti->Line));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_EXTI_CONFIG_LINE(hexti->Line));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_EXTI_PENDING_EDGE(Edge));
|
||||
|
||||
/* compute line register offset and line mask */
|
||||
offset = ((hexti->Line & EXTI_REG_MASK) >> EXTI_REG_SHIFT);
|
||||
linepos = (hexti->Line & EXTI_PIN_MASK);
|
||||
maskline = (1uL << linepos);
|
||||
|
||||
if (Edge != EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Get falling edge pending bit */
|
||||
regaddr = (&EXTI->FPR1 + (EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET * offset));
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Get rising edge pending bit */
|
||||
regaddr = (&EXTI->RPR1 + (EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET * offset));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* return 1 if bit is set else 0 */
|
||||
regval = ((*regaddr & maskline) >> linepos);
|
||||
return regval;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Clear interrupt pending bit of a dedicated line.
|
||||
* @param hexti Exti handle.
|
||||
* @param Edge Specify which pending edge as to be clear.
|
||||
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg @ref EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING
|
||||
* @arg @ref EXTI_TRIGGER_FALLING
|
||||
* @retval None.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_EXTI_ClearPending(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti, uint32_t Edge)
|
||||
{
|
||||
__IO uint32_t *regaddr;
|
||||
uint32_t maskline;
|
||||
uint32_t offset;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(hexti->Line));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_EXTI_CONFIG_LINE(hexti->Line));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_EXTI_PENDING_EDGE(Edge));
|
||||
|
||||
/* compute line register offset and line mask */
|
||||
offset = ((hexti->Line & EXTI_REG_MASK) >> EXTI_REG_SHIFT);
|
||||
maskline = (1uL << (hexti->Line & EXTI_PIN_MASK));
|
||||
|
||||
if (Edge != EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Get falling edge pending register address */
|
||||
regaddr = (&EXTI->FPR1 + (EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET * offset));
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Get falling edge pending register address */
|
||||
regaddr = (&EXTI->RPR1 + (EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET * offset));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Clear Pending bit */
|
||||
*regaddr = maskline;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Generate a software interrupt for a dedicated line.
|
||||
* @param hexti Exti handle.
|
||||
* @retval None.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_EXTI_GenerateSWI(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti)
|
||||
{
|
||||
__IO uint32_t *regaddr;
|
||||
uint32_t maskline;
|
||||
uint32_t offset;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check parameterd */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(hexti->Line));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_EXTI_CONFIG_LINE(hexti->Line));
|
||||
|
||||
/* compute line register offset and line mask */
|
||||
offset = ((hexti->Line & EXTI_REG_MASK) >> EXTI_REG_SHIFT);
|
||||
maskline = (1uL << (hexti->Line & EXTI_PIN_MASK));
|
||||
|
||||
regaddr = (&EXTI->SWIER1 + (EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET * offset));
|
||||
*regaddr = maskline;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* HAL_EXTI_MODULE_ENABLED */
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
|
3455
CDC/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_hal_fdcan.c
Normal file
3455
CDC/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_hal_fdcan.c
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load diff
719
CDC/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_hal_flash.c
Normal file
719
CDC/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_hal_flash.c
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,719 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @file stm32g0xx_hal_flash.c
|
||||
* @author MCD Application Team
|
||||
* @brief FLASH HAL module driver.
|
||||
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
|
||||
* functionalities of the internal FLASH memory:
|
||||
* + Program operations functions
|
||||
* + Memory Control functions
|
||||
* + Peripheral Errors functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
##### FLASH peripheral features #####
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
[..] The Flash memory interface manages CPU AHB I-Code and D-Code accesses
|
||||
to the Flash memory. It implements the erase and program Flash memory operations
|
||||
and the read and write protection mechanisms.
|
||||
|
||||
[..] The Flash memory interface accelerates code execution with a system of instruction
|
||||
prefetch and cache lines.
|
||||
|
||||
[..] The FLASH main features are:
|
||||
(+) Flash memory read operations
|
||||
(+) Flash memory program/erase operations
|
||||
(+) Read / write protections
|
||||
(+) Option bytes programming
|
||||
(+) Prefetch on I-Code
|
||||
(+) 32 cache lines of 4*64 bits on I-Code
|
||||
(+) Error code correction (ECC) : Data in flash are 72-bits word
|
||||
(8 bits added per double word)
|
||||
|
||||
##### How to use this driver #####
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
This driver provides functions and macros to configure and program the FLASH
|
||||
memory of all STM32G0xx devices.
|
||||
|
||||
(#) Flash Memory IO Programming functions:
|
||||
(++) Lock and Unlock the FLASH interface using HAL_FLASH_Unlock() and
|
||||
HAL_FLASH_Lock() functions
|
||||
(++) Program functions: double word and fast program (full row programming)
|
||||
(++) There are two modes of programming:
|
||||
(+++) Polling mode using HAL_FLASH_Program() function
|
||||
(+++) Interrupt mode using HAL_FLASH_Program_IT() function
|
||||
|
||||
(#) Interrupts and flags management functions:
|
||||
(++) Handle FLASH interrupts by calling HAL_FLASH_IRQHandler()
|
||||
(++) Callback functions are called when the flash operations are finished :
|
||||
HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback() when everything is ok, otherwise
|
||||
HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback()
|
||||
(++) Get error flag status by calling HAL_GetError()
|
||||
|
||||
(#) Option bytes management functions :
|
||||
(++) Lock and Unlock the option bytes using HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock() and
|
||||
HAL_FLASH_OB_Lock() functions
|
||||
(++) Launch the reload of the option bytes using HAL_FLASH_OB_Launch() function.
|
||||
In this case, a reset is generated
|
||||
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
In addition to these functions, this driver includes a set of macros allowing
|
||||
to handle the following operations:
|
||||
(+) Set the latency
|
||||
(+) Enable/Disable the prefetch buffer
|
||||
(+) Enable/Disable the Instruction cache
|
||||
(+) Reset the Instruction cache
|
||||
(+) Enable/Disable the Flash power-down during low-power run and sleep modes
|
||||
(+) Enable/Disable the Flash interrupts
|
||||
(+) Monitor the Flash flags status
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @attention
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <h2><center>© Copyright (c) 2018 STMicroelectronics.
|
||||
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
|
||||
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
|
||||
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
|
||||
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#include "stm32g0xx_hal.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup FLASH FLASH
|
||||
* @brief FLASH HAL module driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private defines -----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/** @defgroup FLASH_Private_Variables FLASH Private Variables
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Variable used for Program/Erase sectors under interruption
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FLASH_ProcessTypeDef pFlash = {.Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED, \
|
||||
.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE, \
|
||||
.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_TYPENONE, \
|
||||
.Address = 0U, \
|
||||
.Banks = 0U, \
|
||||
.Page = 0U, \
|
||||
.NbPagesToErase = 0U
|
||||
};
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/** @defgroup FLASH_Private_Functions FLASH Private Functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void FLASH_Program_DoubleWord(uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data);
|
||||
static void FLASH_Program_Fast(uint32_t Address, uint32_t DataAddress);
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions FLASH Exported Functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions_Group1 Programming operation functions
|
||||
* @brief Programming operation functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
##### Programming operation functions #####
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the FLASH
|
||||
program operations.
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Program double word or fast program of a row at a specified address.
|
||||
* @param TypeProgram Indicate the way to program at a specified address.
|
||||
* This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASH_Type_Program
|
||||
* @param Address Specifies the address to be programmed.
|
||||
* @param Data Specifies the data to be programmed
|
||||
* This parameter is the data for the double word program and the address where
|
||||
* are stored the data for the row fast program.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @retval HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL Status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Program(uint32_t TypeProgram, uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data)
|
||||
{
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef status;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM(TypeProgram));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process Locked */
|
||||
__HAL_LOCK(&pFlash);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Reset error code */
|
||||
pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait for last operation to be completed */
|
||||
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
|
||||
|
||||
if (status == HAL_OK)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_DOUBLEWORD)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_FLASH_PROGRAM_ADDRESS(Address));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Program double-word (64-bit) at a specified address */
|
||||
FLASH_Program_DoubleWord(Address, Data);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_FLASH_FAST_PROGRAM_ADDRESS(Address));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Fast program a 32 row double-word (64-bit) at a specified address */
|
||||
FLASH_Program_Fast(Address, (uint32_t)Data);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait for last operation to be completed */
|
||||
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
|
||||
|
||||
/* If the program operation is completed, disable the PG or FSTPG Bit */
|
||||
CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, TypeProgram);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process Unlocked */
|
||||
__HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash);
|
||||
|
||||
/* return status */
|
||||
return status;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Program double word or fast program of a row at a specified address with interrupt enabled.
|
||||
* @param TypeProgram Indicate the way to program at a specified address.
|
||||
* This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASH_Type_Program
|
||||
* @param Address Specifies the address to be programmed.
|
||||
* @param Data Specifies the data to be programmed
|
||||
* This parameter is the data for the double word program and the address where
|
||||
* are stored the data for the row fast program.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @retval HAL Status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Program_IT(uint32_t TypeProgram, uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data)
|
||||
{
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef status;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM(TypeProgram));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process Locked */
|
||||
__HAL_LOCK(&pFlash);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Reset error code */
|
||||
pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait for last operation to be completed */
|
||||
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
|
||||
|
||||
if (status != HAL_OK)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Process Unlocked */
|
||||
__HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Set internal variables used by the IRQ handler */
|
||||
pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = TypeProgram;
|
||||
pFlash.Address = Address;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable End of Operation and Error interrupts */
|
||||
FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_EOPIE | FLASH_CR_ERRIE;
|
||||
|
||||
if (TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_DOUBLEWORD)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_FLASH_PROGRAM_ADDRESS(Address));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Program double-word (64-bit) at a specified address */
|
||||
FLASH_Program_DoubleWord(Address, Data);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_FLASH_FAST_PROGRAM_ADDRESS(Address));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Fast program a 32 row double-word (64-bit) at a specified address */
|
||||
FLASH_Program_Fast(Address, (uint32_t)Data);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* return status */
|
||||
return status;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Handle FLASH interrupt request.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_FLASH_IRQHandler(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t param;
|
||||
uint32_t error;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Save flash errors. */
|
||||
error = (FLASH->SR & FLASH_SR_ERRORS);
|
||||
|
||||
/* A] Set parameter for user or error callbacks */
|
||||
/* check operation was a program or erase */
|
||||
if ((pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing & FLASH_TYPEERASE_MASS) != 0x00U)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* return bank number */
|
||||
param = pFlash.Banks;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Clear operation only for page erase or program */
|
||||
CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing);
|
||||
|
||||
if ((pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing & (FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_DOUBLEWORD | FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_FAST)) != 0x00U)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* return address being programmed */
|
||||
param = pFlash.Address;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* return page number being erased */
|
||||
param = pFlash.Page;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* B] Check errors */
|
||||
if (error != 0x00U)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/*Save the error code*/
|
||||
pFlash.ErrorCode |= error;
|
||||
|
||||
/* clear error flags */
|
||||
FLASH->SR = FLASH_SR_ERRORS;
|
||||
|
||||
/*Stop the procedure ongoing*/
|
||||
pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_TYPENONE;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Error callback */
|
||||
HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback(param);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* C] Check FLASH End of Operation flag */
|
||||
if ((FLASH->SR & FLASH_SR_EOP) != 0x00U)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Clear FLASH End of Operation pending bit */
|
||||
FLASH->SR = FLASH_SR_EOP;
|
||||
|
||||
if (pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_TYPEERASE_PAGES)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Nb of pages to erased can be decreased */
|
||||
pFlash.NbPagesToErase--;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check if there are still pages to erase*/
|
||||
if (pFlash.NbPagesToErase != 0x00U)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Increment page number */
|
||||
pFlash.Page++;
|
||||
FLASH_PageErase(pFlash.Banks, pFlash.Page);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* No more pages to erase: stop erase pages procedure */
|
||||
pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_TYPENONE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/*Stop the ongoing procedure */
|
||||
pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_TYPENONE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* User callback */
|
||||
HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(param);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_TYPENONE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Disable End of Operation and Error interrupts */
|
||||
FLASH->CR &= ~(FLASH_CR_EOPIE | FLASH_CR_ERRIE);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process Unlocked */
|
||||
__HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief FLASH end of operation interrupt callback.
|
||||
* @param ReturnValue The value saved in this parameter depends on the ongoing procedure
|
||||
* Mass Erase: 0
|
||||
* Page Erase: Page which has been erased
|
||||
* Program: Address which was selected for data program
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak void HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(uint32_t ReturnValue)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
|
||||
UNUSED(ReturnValue);
|
||||
|
||||
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
|
||||
the HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback could be implemented in the user file
|
||||
*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief FLASH operation error interrupt callback.
|
||||
* @param ReturnValue The value saved in this parameter depends on the ongoing procedure
|
||||
* Mass Erase: 0
|
||||
* Page Erase: Page number which returned an error
|
||||
* Program: Address which was selected for data program
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak void HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback(uint32_t ReturnValue)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
|
||||
UNUSED(ReturnValue);
|
||||
|
||||
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
|
||||
the HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file
|
||||
*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions
|
||||
* @brief Management functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
##### Peripheral Control functions #####
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the FLASH
|
||||
memory operations.
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Unlock the FLASH control register access.
|
||||
* @retval HAL Status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Unlock(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
|
||||
|
||||
if (READ_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_LOCK) != 0x00U)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Authorize the FLASH Registers access */
|
||||
WRITE_REG(FLASH->KEYR, FLASH_KEY1);
|
||||
WRITE_REG(FLASH->KEYR, FLASH_KEY2);
|
||||
|
||||
/* verify Flash is unlock */
|
||||
if (READ_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_LOCK) != 0x00U)
|
||||
{
|
||||
status = HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return status;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Lock the FLASH control register access.
|
||||
* @retval HAL Status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Lock(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set the LOCK Bit to lock the FLASH Registers access */
|
||||
SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_LOCK);
|
||||
|
||||
/* verify Flash is locked */
|
||||
if (READ_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_LOCK) != 0x00u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
status = HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return status;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Unlock the FLASH Option Bytes Registers access.
|
||||
* @retval HAL Status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
|
||||
if (READ_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTLOCK) != 0x00U)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Authorizes the Option Byte register programming */
|
||||
WRITE_REG(FLASH->OPTKEYR, FLASH_OPTKEY1);
|
||||
WRITE_REG(FLASH->OPTKEYR, FLASH_OPTKEY2);
|
||||
|
||||
/* verify option bytes are unlocked */
|
||||
if (READ_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTLOCK) == 0x00U)
|
||||
{
|
||||
status = HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return status;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Lock the FLASH Option Bytes Registers access.
|
||||
* @retval HAL Status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Lock(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set the OPTLOCK Bit to lock the FLASH Option Byte Registers access */
|
||||
SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTLOCK);
|
||||
|
||||
/* verify option bytes are locked */
|
||||
if (READ_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTLOCK) != 0x00u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
status = HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return status;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Launch the option byte loading.
|
||||
* @retval HAL Status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Launch(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Set the bit to force the option byte reloading */
|
||||
SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OBL_LAUNCH);
|
||||
|
||||
/* We should not reach here : Option byte launch generates Option byte reset
|
||||
so return error */
|
||||
return HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State and Errors functions
|
||||
* @brief Peripheral Errors functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
##### Peripheral Errors functions #####
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
This subsection permits to get in run-time Errors of the FLASH peripheral.
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Get the specific FLASH error flag.
|
||||
* @retval FLASH_ErrorCode The returned value can be
|
||||
* @arg @ref HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE No error set
|
||||
* @arg @ref HAL_FLASH_ERROR_OP Operation error
|
||||
* @arg @ref HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PROG Programming error
|
||||
* @arg @ref HAL_FLASH_ERROR_WRP Write protection error
|
||||
* @arg @ref HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PGA Programming alignment error
|
||||
* @arg @ref HAL_FLASH_ERROR_SIZ Size error
|
||||
* @arg @ref HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PGS Programming sequence error
|
||||
* @arg @ref HAL_FLASH_ERROR_MIS Fast programming data miss error
|
||||
* @arg @ref HAL_FLASH_ERROR_FAST Fast programming error
|
||||
* @arg @ref HAL_FLASH_ERROR_RD Read Protection error (PCROP)(*)
|
||||
* @arg @ref HAL_FLASH_ERROR_OPTV Option validity error
|
||||
* @arg @ref HAL_FLASH_ERROR_ECCD two ECC errors have been detected
|
||||
* @note (*) availability depends on devices
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t HAL_FLASH_GetError(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return pFlash.ErrorCode;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup FLASH_Private_Functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Wait for a FLASH operation to complete.
|
||||
* @param Timeout maximum flash operation timeout
|
||||
* @retval HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL Status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(uint32_t Timeout)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t error;
|
||||
/* Wait for the FLASH operation to complete by polling on BUSY flag to be reset.
|
||||
Even if the FLASH operation fails, the BUSY flag will be reset and an error
|
||||
flag will be set */
|
||||
uint32_t timeout = HAL_GetTick() + Timeout;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait if any operation is ongoing */
|
||||
#if defined(FLASH_DBANK_SUPPORT)
|
||||
error = (FLASH_SR_BSY1 | FLASH_SR_BSY2);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
error = FLASH_SR_BSY1;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
while ((FLASH->SR & error) != 0x00U)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (HAL_GetTick() >= timeout)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* check flash errors */
|
||||
error = (FLASH->SR & FLASH_SR_ERRORS);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Clear SR register */
|
||||
FLASH->SR = FLASH_SR_CLEAR;
|
||||
|
||||
if (error != 0x00U)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/*Save the error code*/
|
||||
pFlash.ErrorCode = error;
|
||||
return HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait for control register to be written */
|
||||
timeout = HAL_GetTick() + Timeout;
|
||||
|
||||
while ((FLASH->SR & FLASH_SR_CFGBSY) != 0x00U)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (HAL_GetTick() >= timeout)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Program double-word (64-bit) at a specified address.
|
||||
* @param Address Specifies the address to be programmed.
|
||||
* @param Data Specifies the data to be programmed.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void FLASH_Program_DoubleWord(uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Set PG bit */
|
||||
SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_PG);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Program first word */
|
||||
*(uint32_t *)Address = (uint32_t)Data;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Barrier to ensure programming is performed in 2 steps, in right order
|
||||
(independently of compiler optimization behavior) */
|
||||
__ISB();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Program second word */
|
||||
*(uint32_t *)(Address + 4U) = (uint32_t)(Data >> 32U);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Fast program a 32 row double-word (64-bit) at a specified address.
|
||||
* @param Address Specifies the address to be programmed.
|
||||
* @param DataAddress Specifies the address where the data are stored.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static __RAM_FUNC void FLASH_Program_Fast(uint32_t Address, uint32_t DataAddress)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint8_t index = 0;
|
||||
uint32_t dest = Address;
|
||||
uint32_t src = DataAddress;
|
||||
uint32_t primask_bit;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set FSTPG bit */
|
||||
SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_FSTPG);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enter critical section: row programming should not be longer than 7 ms */
|
||||
primask_bit = __get_PRIMASK();
|
||||
__disable_irq();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Fast Program : 64 words */
|
||||
while (index < 64U)
|
||||
{
|
||||
*(uint32_t *)dest = *(uint32_t *)src;
|
||||
src += 4U;
|
||||
dest += 4U;
|
||||
index++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* wait for BSY1 in order to be sure that flash operation is ended befoire
|
||||
allowing prefetch in flash. Timeout does not return status, as it will
|
||||
be anyway done later */
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(FLASH_DBANK_SUPPORT)
|
||||
while ((FLASH->SR & (FLASH_SR_BSY1 | FLASH_SR_BSY2)) != 0x00U)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
while ((FLASH->SR & FLASH_SR_BSY1) != 0x00U)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
{
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Exit critical section: restore previous priority mask */
|
||||
__set_PRIMASK(primask_bit);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
|
1304
CDC/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_hal_flash_ex.c
Normal file
1304
CDC/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_hal_flash_ex.c
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load diff
554
CDC/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_hal_gpio.c
Normal file
554
CDC/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_hal_gpio.c
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,554 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @file stm32g0xx_hal_gpio.c
|
||||
* @author MCD Application Team
|
||||
* @brief GPIO HAL module driver.
|
||||
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
|
||||
* functionalities of the General Purpose Input/Output (GPIO) peripheral:
|
||||
* + Initialization and de-initialization functions
|
||||
* + IO operation functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
##### GPIO Peripheral features #####
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
(+) Each port bit of the general-purpose I/O (GPIO) ports can be individually
|
||||
configured by software in several modes:
|
||||
(++) Input mode
|
||||
(++) Analog mode
|
||||
(++) Output mode
|
||||
(++) Alternate function mode
|
||||
(++) External interrupt/event lines
|
||||
|
||||
(+) During and just after reset, the alternate functions and external interrupt
|
||||
lines are not active and the I/O ports are configured in input floating mode.
|
||||
|
||||
(+) All GPIO pins have weak internal pull-up and pull-down resistors, which can be
|
||||
activated or not.
|
||||
|
||||
(+) In Output or Alternate mode, each IO can be configured on open-drain or push-pull
|
||||
type and the IO speed can be selected depending on the VDD value.
|
||||
|
||||
(+) The microcontroller IO pins are connected to onboard peripherals/modules through a
|
||||
multiplexer that allows only one peripheral alternate function (AF) connected
|
||||
to an IO pin at a time. In this way, there can be no conflict between peripherals
|
||||
sharing the same IO pin.
|
||||
|
||||
(+) All ports have external interrupt/event capability. To use external interrupt
|
||||
lines, the port must be configured in input mode. All available GPIO pins are
|
||||
connected to the 16 external interrupt/event lines from EXTI0 to EXTI15.
|
||||
|
||||
(+) The external interrupt/event controller consists of up to 28 edge detectors
|
||||
(16 lines are connected to GPIO) for generating event/interrupt requests (each
|
||||
input line can be independently configured to select the type (interrupt or event)
|
||||
and the corresponding trigger event (rising or falling or both). Each line can
|
||||
also be masked independently.
|
||||
|
||||
##### How to use this driver #####
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
(#) Enable the GPIO AHB clock using the following function: __HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE().
|
||||
|
||||
(#) Configure the GPIO pin(s) using HAL_GPIO_Init().
|
||||
(++) Configure the IO mode using "Mode" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure
|
||||
(++) Activate Pull-up, Pull-down resistor using "Pull" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef
|
||||
structure.
|
||||
(++) In case of Output or alternate function mode selection: the speed is
|
||||
configured through "Speed" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure.
|
||||
(++) In alternate mode is selection, the alternate function connected to the IO
|
||||
is configured through "Alternate" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure.
|
||||
(++) Analog mode is required when a pin is to be used as ADC channel
|
||||
or DAC output.
|
||||
(++) In case of external interrupt/event selection the "Mode" member from
|
||||
GPIO_InitTypeDef structure select the type (interrupt or event) and
|
||||
the corresponding trigger event (rising or falling or both).
|
||||
|
||||
(#) In case of external interrupt/event mode selection, configure NVIC IRQ priority
|
||||
mapped to the EXTI line using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() and enable it using
|
||||
HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ().
|
||||
|
||||
(#) To get the level of a pin configured in input mode use HAL_GPIO_ReadPin().
|
||||
|
||||
(#) To set/reset the level of a pin configured in output mode use
|
||||
HAL_GPIO_WritePin()/HAL_GPIO_TogglePin().
|
||||
|
||||
(#) To lock pin configuration until next reset use HAL_GPIO_LockPin().
|
||||
|
||||
(#) During and just after reset, the alternate functions are not
|
||||
active and the GPIO pins are configured in input floating mode (except JTAG
|
||||
pins).
|
||||
|
||||
(#) The LSE oscillator pins OSC32_IN and OSC32_OUT can be used as general purpose
|
||||
(PC14 and PC15, respectively) when the LSE oscillator is off. The LSE has
|
||||
priority over the GPIO function.
|
||||
|
||||
(#) The HSE oscillator pins OSC_IN/OSC_OUT can be used as
|
||||
general purpose PF0 and PF1, respectively, when the HSE oscillator is off.
|
||||
The HSE has priority over the GPIO function.
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @attention
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <h2><center>© Copyright (c) 2018 STMicroelectronics.
|
||||
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
|
||||
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
|
||||
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
|
||||
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#include "stm32g0xx_hal.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup GPIO
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/** MISRA C:2012 deviation rule has been granted for following rules:
|
||||
* Rule-12.2 - Medium: RHS argument is in interval [0,INF] which is out of
|
||||
* range of the shift operator in following API :
|
||||
* HAL_GPIO_Init
|
||||
* HAL_GPIO_DeInit
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAL_GPIO_MODULE_ENABLED
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private defines ------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/** @defgroup GPIO_Private_Constants GPIO Private Constants
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define GPIO_MODE (0x00000003u)
|
||||
#define EXTI_MODE (0x10000000u)
|
||||
#define GPIO_MODE_IT (0x00010000u)
|
||||
#define GPIO_MODE_EVT (0x00020000u)
|
||||
#define RISING_EDGE (0x00100000u)
|
||||
#define FALLING_EDGE (0x00200000u)
|
||||
#define GPIO_OUTPUT_TYPE (0x00000010u)
|
||||
|
||||
#define GPIO_NUMBER (16u)
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup GPIO_Exported_Functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup GPIO_Exported_Functions_Group1
|
||||
* @brief Initialization and Configuration functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Initialize the GPIOx peripheral according to the specified parameters in the GPIO_Init.
|
||||
* @param GPIOx where x can be (A..F) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32G0xx family
|
||||
* @param GPIO_Init pointer to a GPIO_InitTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified GPIO peripheral.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_GPIO_Init(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx, GPIO_InitTypeDef *GPIO_Init)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t position = 0x00u;
|
||||
uint32_t iocurrent;
|
||||
uint32_t temp;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_INSTANCE(GPIOx));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Init->Pin));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_GPIO_MODE(GPIO_Init->Mode));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_GPIO_PULL(GPIO_Init->Pull));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Configure the port pins */
|
||||
while (((GPIO_Init->Pin) >> position) != 0x00u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Get current io position */
|
||||
iocurrent = (GPIO_Init->Pin) & (1uL << position);
|
||||
|
||||
if (iocurrent != 0x00u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/*--------------------- GPIO Mode Configuration ------------------------*/
|
||||
/* In case of Output or Alternate function mode selection */
|
||||
if ((GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT_PP) || (GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_AF_PP) ||
|
||||
(GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT_OD) || (GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_AF_OD))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the Speed parameter */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_GPIO_SPEED(GPIO_Init->Speed));
|
||||
/* Configure the IO Speed */
|
||||
temp = GPIOx->OSPEEDR;
|
||||
temp &= ~(GPIO_OSPEEDR_OSPEED0 << (position * 2u));
|
||||
temp |= (GPIO_Init->Speed << (position * 2u));
|
||||
GPIOx->OSPEEDR = temp;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Configure the IO Output Type */
|
||||
temp = GPIOx->OTYPER;
|
||||
temp &= ~(GPIO_OTYPER_OT0 << position) ;
|
||||
temp |= (((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_OUTPUT_TYPE) >> 4u) << position);
|
||||
GPIOx->OTYPER = temp;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Activate the Pull-up or Pull down resistor for the current IO */
|
||||
temp = GPIOx->PUPDR;
|
||||
temp &= ~(GPIO_PUPDR_PUPD0 << (position * 2u));
|
||||
temp |= ((GPIO_Init->Pull) << (position * 2u));
|
||||
GPIOx->PUPDR = temp;
|
||||
|
||||
/* In case of Alternate function mode selection */
|
||||
if ((GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_AF_PP) || (GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_AF_OD))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the Alternate function parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_GPIO_AF_INSTANCE(GPIOx));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_GPIO_AF(GPIO_Init->Alternate));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Configure Alternate function mapped with the current IO */
|
||||
temp = GPIOx->AFR[position >> 3u];
|
||||
temp &= ~(0xFu << ((position & 0x07u) * 4u));
|
||||
temp |= ((GPIO_Init->Alternate) << ((position & 0x07u) * 4u));
|
||||
GPIOx->AFR[position >> 3u] = temp;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Configure IO Direction mode (Input, Output, Alternate or Analog) */
|
||||
temp = GPIOx->MODER;
|
||||
temp &= ~(GPIO_MODER_MODE0 << (position * 2u));
|
||||
temp |= ((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_MODE) << (position * 2u));
|
||||
GPIOx->MODER = temp;
|
||||
|
||||
/*--------------------- EXTI Mode Configuration ------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Configure the External Interrupt or event for the current IO */
|
||||
if ((GPIO_Init->Mode & EXTI_MODE) == EXTI_MODE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
temp = EXTI->EXTICR[position >> 2u];
|
||||
temp &= ~(0x0FuL << (8u * (position & 0x03u)));
|
||||
temp |= (GPIO_GET_INDEX(GPIOx) << (8u * (position & 0x03u)));
|
||||
EXTI->EXTICR[position >> 2u] = temp;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Clear EXTI line configuration */
|
||||
temp = EXTI->IMR1;
|
||||
temp &= ~(iocurrent);
|
||||
if ((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_MODE_IT) == GPIO_MODE_IT)
|
||||
{
|
||||
temp |= iocurrent;
|
||||
}
|
||||
EXTI->IMR1 = temp;
|
||||
|
||||
temp = EXTI->EMR1;
|
||||
temp &= ~(iocurrent);
|
||||
if ((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_MODE_EVT) == GPIO_MODE_EVT)
|
||||
{
|
||||
temp |= iocurrent;
|
||||
}
|
||||
EXTI->EMR1 = temp;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Clear Rising Falling edge configuration */
|
||||
temp = EXTI->RTSR1;
|
||||
temp &= ~(iocurrent);
|
||||
if ((GPIO_Init->Mode & RISING_EDGE) == RISING_EDGE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
temp |= iocurrent;
|
||||
}
|
||||
EXTI->RTSR1 = temp;
|
||||
|
||||
temp = EXTI->FTSR1;
|
||||
temp &= ~(iocurrent);
|
||||
if ((GPIO_Init->Mode & FALLING_EDGE) == FALLING_EDGE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
temp |= iocurrent;
|
||||
}
|
||||
EXTI->FTSR1 = temp;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
position++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief De-initialize the GPIOx peripheral registers to their default reset values.
|
||||
* @param GPIOx where x can be (A..F) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32G0xx family
|
||||
* @param GPIO_Pin specifies the port bit to be written.
|
||||
* This parameter can be any combination of GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..15).
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_GPIO_DeInit(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx, uint32_t GPIO_Pin)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t position = 0x00u;
|
||||
uint32_t iocurrent;
|
||||
uint32_t tmp;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_INSTANCE(GPIOx));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Configure the port pins */
|
||||
while ((GPIO_Pin >> position) != 0x00u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Get current io position */
|
||||
iocurrent = (GPIO_Pin) & (1uL << position);
|
||||
|
||||
if (iocurrent != 0x00u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/*------------------------- EXTI Mode Configuration --------------------*/
|
||||
/* Clear the External Interrupt or Event for the current IO */
|
||||
|
||||
tmp = EXTI->EXTICR[position >> 2u];
|
||||
tmp &= (0x0FuL << (8u * (position & 0x03u)));
|
||||
if (tmp == (GPIO_GET_INDEX(GPIOx) << (8u * (position & 0x03u))))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Clear EXTI line configuration */
|
||||
EXTI->IMR1 &= ~(iocurrent);
|
||||
EXTI->EMR1 &= ~(iocurrent);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Clear Rising Falling edge configuration */
|
||||
EXTI->RTSR1 &= ~(iocurrent);
|
||||
EXTI->FTSR1 &= ~(iocurrent);
|
||||
|
||||
tmp = 0x0FuL << (8u * (position & 0x03u));
|
||||
EXTI->EXTICR[position >> 2u] &= ~tmp;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*------------------------- GPIO Mode Configuration --------------------*/
|
||||
/* Configure IO in Analog Mode */
|
||||
GPIOx->MODER |= (GPIO_MODER_MODE0 << (position * 2u));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Configure the default Alternate Function in current IO */
|
||||
GPIOx->AFR[position >> 3u] &= ~(0xFu << ((position & 0x07u) * 4u)) ;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Configure the default value for IO Speed */
|
||||
GPIOx->OSPEEDR &= ~(GPIO_OSPEEDR_OSPEED0 << (position * 2u));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Configure the default value IO Output Type */
|
||||
GPIOx->OTYPER &= ~(GPIO_OTYPER_OT0 << position) ;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Deactivate the Pull-up and Pull-down resistor for the current IO */
|
||||
GPIOx->PUPDR &= ~(GPIO_PUPDR_PUPD0 << (position * 2u));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
position++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup GPIO_Exported_Functions_Group2
|
||||
* @brief GPIO Read, Write, Toggle, Lock and EXTI management functions.
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
##### IO operation functions #####
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Read the specified input port pin.
|
||||
* @param GPIOx where x can be (A..F) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32G0xx family
|
||||
* @param GPIO_Pin specifies the port bit to read.
|
||||
* This parameter can be any combination of GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..15).
|
||||
* @retval The input port pin value.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
GPIO_PinState HAL_GPIO_ReadPin(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
|
||||
{
|
||||
GPIO_PinState bitstatus;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
|
||||
|
||||
if ((GPIOx->IDR & GPIO_Pin) != 0x00u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
bitstatus = GPIO_PIN_SET;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
bitstatus = GPIO_PIN_RESET;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return bitstatus;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Set or clear the selected data port bit.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note This function uses GPIOx_BSRR and GPIOx_BRR registers to allow atomic read/modify
|
||||
* accesses. In this way, there is no risk of an IRQ occurring between
|
||||
* the read and the modify access.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param GPIOx where x can be (A..F) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32G0xx family
|
||||
* @param GPIO_Pin specifies the port bit to be written.
|
||||
* This parameter can be any combination of GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..15).
|
||||
* @param PinState specifies the value to be written to the selected bit.
|
||||
* This parameter can be one of the GPIO_PinState enum values:
|
||||
* @arg GPIO_PIN_RESET: to clear the port pin
|
||||
* @arg GPIO_PIN_SET: to set the port pin
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_GPIO_WritePin(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin, GPIO_PinState PinState)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN_ACTION(PinState));
|
||||
|
||||
if (PinState != GPIO_PIN_RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
GPIOx->BSRR = (uint32_t)GPIO_Pin;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
GPIOx->BRR = (uint32_t)GPIO_Pin;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Toggle the specified GPIO pin.
|
||||
* @param GPIOx where x can be (A..F) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32G0xx family
|
||||
* @param GPIO_Pin specifies the pin to be toggled.
|
||||
* This parameter can be any combination of GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..15).
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_GPIO_TogglePin(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t odr;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
|
||||
|
||||
/* get current Output Data Register value */
|
||||
odr = GPIOx->ODR;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set selected pins that were at low level, and reset ones that were high */
|
||||
GPIOx->BSRR = ((odr & GPIO_Pin) << GPIO_NUMBER) | (~odr & GPIO_Pin);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Lock GPIO Pins configuration registers.
|
||||
* @note The locked registers are GPIOx_MODER, GPIOx_OTYPER, GPIOx_OSPEEDR,
|
||||
* GPIOx_PUPDR, GPIOx_AFRL and GPIOx_AFRH.
|
||||
* @note The configuration of the locked GPIO pins can no longer be modified
|
||||
* until the next reset.
|
||||
* @param GPIOx where x can be (A..F) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32G0xx family
|
||||
* @param GPIO_Pin specifies the port bits to be locked.
|
||||
* This parameter can be any combination of GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..15).
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_GPIO_LockPin(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
|
||||
{
|
||||
__IO uint32_t tmp = GPIO_LCKR_LCKK;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_GPIO_LOCK_INSTANCE(GPIOx));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Apply lock key write sequence */
|
||||
tmp |= GPIO_Pin;
|
||||
/* Set LCKx bit(s): LCKK='1' + LCK[15-0] */
|
||||
GPIOx->LCKR = tmp;
|
||||
/* Reset LCKx bit(s): LCKK='0' + LCK[15-0] */
|
||||
GPIOx->LCKR = GPIO_Pin;
|
||||
/* Set LCKx bit(s): LCKK='1' + LCK[15-0] */
|
||||
GPIOx->LCKR = tmp;
|
||||
/* Read LCKK register. This read is mandatory to complete key lock sequence */
|
||||
tmp = GPIOx->LCKR;
|
||||
|
||||
/* read again in order to confirm lock is active */
|
||||
if ((GPIOx->LCKR & GPIO_LCKR_LCKK) != 0x00u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Handle EXTI interrupt request.
|
||||
* @param GPIO_Pin Specifies the port pin connected to corresponding EXTI line.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_GPIO_EXTI_IRQHandler(uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* EXTI line interrupt detected */
|
||||
if (__HAL_GPIO_EXTI_GET_RISING_IT(GPIO_Pin) != 0x00u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
__HAL_GPIO_EXTI_CLEAR_RISING_IT(GPIO_Pin);
|
||||
HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Rising_Callback(GPIO_Pin);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (__HAL_GPIO_EXTI_GET_FALLING_IT(GPIO_Pin) != 0x00u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
__HAL_GPIO_EXTI_CLEAR_FALLING_IT(GPIO_Pin);
|
||||
HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Falling_Callback(GPIO_Pin);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief EXTI line detection callback.
|
||||
* @param GPIO_Pin Specifies the port pin connected to corresponding EXTI line.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak void HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Rising_Callback(uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
|
||||
UNUSED(GPIO_Pin);
|
||||
|
||||
/* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
|
||||
the HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Rising_Callback could be implemented in the user file
|
||||
*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief EXTI line detection callback.
|
||||
* @param GPIO_Pin Specifies the port pin connected to corresponding EXTI line.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak void HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Falling_Callback(uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
|
||||
UNUSED(GPIO_Pin);
|
||||
|
||||
/* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
|
||||
the HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Falling_Callback could be implemented in the user file
|
||||
*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* HAL_GPIO_MODULE_ENABLED */
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
|
6613
CDC/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_hal_i2c.c
Normal file
6613
CDC/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_hal_i2c.c
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load diff
335
CDC/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_hal_i2c_ex.c
Normal file
335
CDC/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_hal_i2c_ex.c
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,335 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @file stm32g0xx_hal_i2c_ex.c
|
||||
* @author MCD Application Team
|
||||
* @brief I2C Extended HAL module driver.
|
||||
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
|
||||
* functionalities of I2C Extended peripheral:
|
||||
* + Extended features functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
##### I2C peripheral Extended features #####
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
[..] Comparing to other previous devices, the I2C interface for STM32G0xx
|
||||
devices contains the following additional features
|
||||
|
||||
(+) Possibility to disable or enable Analog Noise Filter
|
||||
(+) Use of a configured Digital Noise Filter
|
||||
(+) Disable or enable wakeup from Stop mode(s)
|
||||
(+) Disable or enable Fast Mode Plus
|
||||
|
||||
##### How to use this driver #####
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
[..] This driver provides functions to configure Noise Filter and Wake Up Feature
|
||||
(#) Configure I2C Analog noise filter using the function HAL_I2CEx_ConfigAnalogFilter()
|
||||
(#) Configure I2C Digital noise filter using the function HAL_I2CEx_ConfigDigitalFilter()
|
||||
(#) Configure the enable or disable of I2C Wake Up Mode using the functions :
|
||||
(++) HAL_I2CEx_EnableWakeUp()
|
||||
(++) HAL_I2CEx_DisableWakeUp()
|
||||
(#) Configure the enable or disable of fast mode plus driving capability using the functions :
|
||||
(++) HAL_I2CEx_EnableFastModePlus()
|
||||
(++) HAL_I2CEx_DisableFastModePlus()
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @attention
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <h2><center>© Copyright (c) 2018 STMicroelectronics.
|
||||
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
|
||||
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
|
||||
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
|
||||
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#include "stm32g0xx_hal.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup I2CEx I2CEx
|
||||
* @brief I2C Extended HAL module driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup I2CEx_Exported_Functions I2C Extended Exported Functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup I2CEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extended features functions
|
||||
* @brief Extended features functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
##### Extended features functions #####
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
|
||||
(+) Configure Noise Filters
|
||||
(+) Configure Wake Up Feature
|
||||
(+) Configure Fast Mode Plus
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Configure I2C Analog noise filter.
|
||||
* @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified I2Cx peripheral.
|
||||
* @param AnalogFilter New state of the Analog filter.
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2CEx_ConfigAnalogFilter(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t AnalogFilter)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_INSTANCE(hi2c->Instance));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_I2C_ANALOG_FILTER(AnalogFilter));
|
||||
|
||||
if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Process Locked */
|
||||
__HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
|
||||
|
||||
hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable the selected I2C peripheral */
|
||||
__HAL_I2C_DISABLE(hi2c);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Reset I2Cx ANOFF bit */
|
||||
hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~(I2C_CR1_ANFOFF);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set analog filter bit*/
|
||||
hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= AnalogFilter;
|
||||
|
||||
__HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c);
|
||||
|
||||
hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process Unlocked */
|
||||
__HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
|
||||
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_BUSY;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Configure I2C Digital noise filter.
|
||||
* @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified I2Cx peripheral.
|
||||
* @param DigitalFilter Coefficient of digital noise filter between Min_Data=0x00 and Max_Data=0x0F.
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2CEx_ConfigDigitalFilter(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t DigitalFilter)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t tmpreg;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_INSTANCE(hi2c->Instance));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_I2C_DIGITAL_FILTER(DigitalFilter));
|
||||
|
||||
if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Process Locked */
|
||||
__HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
|
||||
|
||||
hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable the selected I2C peripheral */
|
||||
__HAL_I2C_DISABLE(hi2c);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get the old register value */
|
||||
tmpreg = hi2c->Instance->CR1;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Reset I2Cx DNF bits [11:8] */
|
||||
tmpreg &= ~(I2C_CR1_DNF);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set I2Cx DNF coefficient */
|
||||
tmpreg |= DigitalFilter << 8U;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Store the new register value */
|
||||
hi2c->Instance->CR1 = tmpreg;
|
||||
|
||||
__HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c);
|
||||
|
||||
hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process Unlocked */
|
||||
__HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
|
||||
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_BUSY;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Enable I2C wakeup from Stop mode(s).
|
||||
* @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified I2Cx peripheral.
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2CEx_EnableWakeUp(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_I2C_WAKEUP_FROMSTOP_INSTANCE(hi2c->Instance));
|
||||
|
||||
if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Process Locked */
|
||||
__HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
|
||||
|
||||
hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable the selected I2C peripheral */
|
||||
__HAL_I2C_DISABLE(hi2c);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable wakeup from stop mode */
|
||||
hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_WUPEN;
|
||||
|
||||
__HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c);
|
||||
|
||||
hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process Unlocked */
|
||||
__HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
|
||||
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_BUSY;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Disable I2C wakeup from Stop mode(s).
|
||||
* @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified I2Cx peripheral.
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2CEx_DisableWakeUp(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_I2C_WAKEUP_FROMSTOP_INSTANCE(hi2c->Instance));
|
||||
|
||||
if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Process Locked */
|
||||
__HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
|
||||
|
||||
hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable the selected I2C peripheral */
|
||||
__HAL_I2C_DISABLE(hi2c);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable wakeup from stop mode */
|
||||
hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~(I2C_CR1_WUPEN);
|
||||
|
||||
__HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c);
|
||||
|
||||
hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process Unlocked */
|
||||
__HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
|
||||
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_BUSY;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Enable the I2C fast mode plus driving capability.
|
||||
* @param ConfigFastModePlus Selects the pin.
|
||||
* This parameter can be one of the @ref I2CEx_FastModePlus values
|
||||
* @note For I2C1, fast mode plus driving capability can be enabled on all selected
|
||||
* I2C1 pins using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C1 parameter or independently
|
||||
* on each one of the following pins PB6, PB7, PB8 and PB9.
|
||||
* @note For remaining I2C1 pins (PA14, PA15...) fast mode plus driving capability
|
||||
* can be enabled only by using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C1 parameter.
|
||||
* @note For all I2C2 pins fast mode plus driving capability can be enabled
|
||||
* only by using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C2 parameter.
|
||||
* @note For all I2C3 pins fast mode plus driving capability can be enabled
|
||||
* only by using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C3 parameter.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_I2CEx_EnableFastModePlus(uint32_t ConfigFastModePlus)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameter */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_I2C_FASTMODEPLUS(ConfigFastModePlus));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable SYSCFG clock */
|
||||
__HAL_RCC_SYSCFG_CLK_ENABLE();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable fast mode plus driving capability for selected pin */
|
||||
SET_BIT(SYSCFG->CFGR1, (uint32_t)ConfigFastModePlus);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Disable the I2C fast mode plus driving capability.
|
||||
* @param ConfigFastModePlus Selects the pin.
|
||||
* This parameter can be one of the @ref I2CEx_FastModePlus values
|
||||
* @note For I2C1, fast mode plus driving capability can be disabled on all selected
|
||||
* I2C1 pins using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C1 parameter or independently
|
||||
* on each one of the following pins PB6, PB7, PB8 and PB9.
|
||||
* @note For remaining I2C1 pins (PA14, PA15...) fast mode plus driving capability
|
||||
* can be disabled only by using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C1 parameter.
|
||||
* @note For all I2C2 pins fast mode plus driving capability can be disabled
|
||||
* only by using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C2 parameter.
|
||||
* @note For all I2C3 pins fast mode plus driving capability can be disabled
|
||||
* only by using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C3 parameter.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_I2CEx_DisableFastModePlus(uint32_t ConfigFastModePlus)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameter */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_I2C_FASTMODEPLUS(ConfigFastModePlus));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable SYSCFG clock */
|
||||
__HAL_RCC_SYSCFG_CLK_ENABLE();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable fast mode plus driving capability for selected pin */
|
||||
CLEAR_BIT(SYSCFG->CFGR1, (uint32_t)ConfigFastModePlus);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED */
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
|
2154
CDC/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_hal_pcd.c
Normal file
2154
CDC/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_hal_pcd.c
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load diff
336
CDC/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_hal_pcd_ex.c
Normal file
336
CDC/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_hal_pcd_ex.c
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,336 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @file stm32g0xx_hal_pcd_ex.c
|
||||
* @author MCD Application Team
|
||||
* @brief PCD Extended HAL module driver.
|
||||
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
|
||||
* functionalities of the USB Peripheral Controller:
|
||||
* + Extended features functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @attention
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <h2><center>© Copyright (c) 2020 STMicroelectronics.
|
||||
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
|
||||
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
|
||||
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
|
||||
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#include "stm32g0xx_hal.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup PCDEx PCDEx
|
||||
* @brief PCD Extended HAL module driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined (USB_DRD_FS)
|
||||
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup PCDEx_Exported_Functions PCDEx Exported Functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup PCDEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Peripheral Control functions
|
||||
* @brief PCDEx control functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
##### Extended features functions #####
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
|
||||
(+) Update FIFO configuration
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Configure PMA for EP
|
||||
* @param hpcd Device instance
|
||||
* @param ep_addr endpoint address
|
||||
* @param ep_kind endpoint Kind
|
||||
* USB_SNG_BUF: Single Buffer used
|
||||
* USB_DBL_BUF: Double Buffer used
|
||||
* @param pmaadress: EP address in The PMA: In case of single buffer endpoint
|
||||
* this parameter is 16-bit value providing the address
|
||||
* in PMA allocated to endpoint.
|
||||
* In case of double buffer endpoint this parameter
|
||||
* is a 32-bit value providing the endpoint buffer 0 address
|
||||
* in the LSB part of 32-bit value and endpoint buffer 1 address
|
||||
* in the MSB part of 32-bit value.
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_PMAConfig(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint16_t ep_addr,
|
||||
uint16_t ep_kind, uint32_t pmaadress)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PCD_EPTypeDef *ep;
|
||||
|
||||
/* initialize ep structure*/
|
||||
if ((0x80U & ep_addr) == 0x80U)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ep = &hpcd->IN_ep[ep_addr & EP_ADDR_MSK];
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
ep = &hpcd->OUT_ep[ep_addr];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Here we check if the endpoint is single or double Buffer*/
|
||||
if (ep_kind == PCD_SNG_BUF)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Single Buffer */
|
||||
ep->doublebuffer = 0U;
|
||||
/* Configure the PMA */
|
||||
ep->pmaadress = (uint16_t)pmaadress;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else /* USB_DBL_BUF */
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Double Buffer Endpoint */
|
||||
ep->doublebuffer = 1U;
|
||||
/* Configure the PMA */
|
||||
ep->pmaaddr0 = (uint16_t)(pmaadress & 0xFFFFU);
|
||||
ep->pmaaddr1 = (uint16_t)((pmaadress & 0xFFFF0000U) >> 16);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Activate BatteryCharging feature.
|
||||
* @param hpcd PCD handle
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_ActivateBCD(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
|
||||
{
|
||||
USB_DRD_TypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance;
|
||||
hpcd->battery_charging_active = 1U;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable BCD feature */
|
||||
USBx->BCDR |= USB_BCDR_BCDEN;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable DCD : Data Contact Detect */
|
||||
USBx->BCDR &= ~(USB_BCDR_PDEN);
|
||||
USBx->BCDR &= ~(USB_BCDR_SDEN);
|
||||
USBx->BCDR |= USB_BCDR_DCDEN;
|
||||
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Deactivate BatteryCharging feature.
|
||||
* @param hpcd PCD handle
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_DeActivateBCD(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
|
||||
{
|
||||
USB_DRD_TypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance;
|
||||
hpcd->battery_charging_active = 0U;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable BCD feature */
|
||||
USBx->BCDR &= ~(USB_BCDR_BCDEN);
|
||||
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Handle BatteryCharging Process.
|
||||
* @param hpcd PCD handle
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_PCDEx_BCD_VBUSDetect(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
|
||||
{
|
||||
USB_DRD_TypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance;
|
||||
uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait Detect flag or a timeout is happen*/
|
||||
while ((USBx->BCDR & USB_BCDR_DCDET) == 0U)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check for the Timeout */
|
||||
if ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > 1000U)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
|
||||
hpcd->BCDCallback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_ERROR);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_ERROR);
|
||||
#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
|
||||
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
HAL_Delay(200U);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Data Pin Contact ? Check Detect flag */
|
||||
if ((USBx->BCDR & USB_BCDR_DCDET) == USB_BCDR_DCDET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
|
||||
hpcd->BCDCallback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_CONTACT_DETECTION);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_CONTACT_DETECTION);
|
||||
#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* Primary detection: checks if connected to Standard Downstream Port
|
||||
(without charging capability) */
|
||||
USBx->BCDR &= ~(USB_BCDR_DCDEN);
|
||||
HAL_Delay(50U);
|
||||
USBx->BCDR |= (USB_BCDR_PDEN);
|
||||
HAL_Delay(50U);
|
||||
|
||||
/* If Charger detect ? */
|
||||
if ((USBx->BCDR & USB_BCDR_PDET) == USB_BCDR_PDET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Start secondary detection to check connection to Charging Downstream
|
||||
Port or Dedicated Charging Port */
|
||||
USBx->BCDR &= ~(USB_BCDR_PDEN);
|
||||
HAL_Delay(50U);
|
||||
USBx->BCDR |= (USB_BCDR_SDEN);
|
||||
HAL_Delay(50U);
|
||||
|
||||
/* If CDP ? */
|
||||
if ((USBx->BCDR & USB_BCDR_SDET) == USB_BCDR_SDET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Dedicated Downstream Port DCP */
|
||||
#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
|
||||
hpcd->BCDCallback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_DEDICATED_CHARGING_PORT);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_DEDICATED_CHARGING_PORT);
|
||||
#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Charging Downstream Port CDP */
|
||||
#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
|
||||
hpcd->BCDCallback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_CHARGING_DOWNSTREAM_PORT);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_CHARGING_DOWNSTREAM_PORT);
|
||||
#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else /* NO */
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Standard Downstream Port */
|
||||
#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
|
||||
hpcd->BCDCallback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_STD_DOWNSTREAM_PORT);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_STD_DOWNSTREAM_PORT);
|
||||
#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Battery Charging capability discovery finished Start Enumeration */
|
||||
(void)HAL_PCDEx_DeActivateBCD(hpcd);
|
||||
#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
|
||||
hpcd->BCDCallback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_DISCOVERY_COMPLETED);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_DISCOVERY_COMPLETED);
|
||||
#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Activate LPM feature.
|
||||
* @param hpcd PCD handle
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_ActivateLPM(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
USB_DRD_TypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance;
|
||||
hpcd->lpm_active = 1U;
|
||||
hpcd->LPM_State = LPM_L0;
|
||||
|
||||
USBx->LPMCSR |= USB_LPMCSR_LMPEN;
|
||||
USBx->LPMCSR |= USB_LPMCSR_LPMACK;
|
||||
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Deactivate LPM feature.
|
||||
* @param hpcd PCD handle
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_DeActivateLPM(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
|
||||
{
|
||||
USB_DRD_TypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance;
|
||||
|
||||
hpcd->lpm_active = 0U;
|
||||
|
||||
USBx->LPMCSR &= ~(USB_LPMCSR_LMPEN);
|
||||
USBx->LPMCSR &= ~(USB_LPMCSR_LPMACK);
|
||||
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Send LPM message to user layer callback.
|
||||
* @param hpcd PCD handle
|
||||
* @param msg LPM message
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak void HAL_PCDEx_LPM_Callback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, PCD_LPM_MsgTypeDef msg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
|
||||
UNUSED(hpcd);
|
||||
UNUSED(msg);
|
||||
|
||||
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
|
||||
the HAL_PCDEx_LPM_Callback could be implemented in the user file
|
||||
*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Send BatteryCharging message to user layer callback.
|
||||
* @param hpcd PCD handle
|
||||
* @param msg LPM message
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak void HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, PCD_BCD_MsgTypeDef msg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
|
||||
UNUSED(hpcd);
|
||||
UNUSED(msg);
|
||||
|
||||
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
|
||||
the HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback could be implemented in the user file
|
||||
*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#endif /* defined (USB_DRD_FS) */
|
||||
#endif /* HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
|
545
CDC/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_hal_pwr.c
Normal file
545
CDC/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_hal_pwr.c
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,545 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @file stm32g0xx_hal_pwr.c
|
||||
* @author MCD Application Team
|
||||
* @brief PWR HAL module driver.
|
||||
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
|
||||
* functionalities of the Power Controller (PWR) peripheral:
|
||||
* + Initialization/de-initialization functions
|
||||
* + Peripheral Control functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @attention
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <h2><center>© Copyright (c) 2018 STMicroelectronics.
|
||||
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
|
||||
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
|
||||
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
|
||||
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#include "stm32g0xx_hal.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup PWR
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/** @defgroup PWR_Private_Defines PWR Private Defines
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/** @addtogroup PWR_Exported_Functions PWR Exported Functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup PWR_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
|
||||
* @brief Initialization and de-initialization functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Deinitialize the HAL PWR peripheral registers to their default reset
|
||||
values.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_PWR_DeInit(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
__HAL_RCC_PWR_FORCE_RESET();
|
||||
__HAL_RCC_PWR_RELEASE_RESET();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup PWR_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions
|
||||
* @brief Low Power modes configuration functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
##### Peripheral Control functions #####
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
*** WakeUp pin configuration ***
|
||||
================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
(+) WakeUp pins are used to wakeup the system from Standby mode or
|
||||
Shutdown mode. WakeUp pins polarity can be set to configure event
|
||||
detection on high level (rising edge) or low level (falling edge).
|
||||
|
||||
*** Low Power mode configuration ***
|
||||
=====================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
The devices feature 7 low-power modes:
|
||||
(+) Low-power run mode: core and peripherals are running at low frequency.
|
||||
Regulator is in low power mode.
|
||||
(+) Sleep mode: Cortex-M0+ core stopped, peripherals kept running,
|
||||
regulator is main mode.
|
||||
(+) Low-power Sleep mode: Cortex-M0+ core stopped, peripherals kept running
|
||||
and regulator in low power mode.
|
||||
(+) Stop 0 mode: all clocks are stopped except LSI and LSE, regulator is
|
||||
main mode.
|
||||
(+) Stop 1 mode: all clocks are stopped except LSI and LSE, main regulator
|
||||
off, low power regulator on.
|
||||
(+) Standby mode: all clocks are stopped except LSI and LSE, regulator is
|
||||
disable.
|
||||
(+) Shutdown mode: all clocks are stopped except LSE, regulator is
|
||||
disable.
|
||||
|
||||
*** Low-power run mode ***
|
||||
==========================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
(+) Entry: (from main run mode)
|
||||
(++) set LPR bit with HAL_PWREx_EnableLowPowerRunMode() API after
|
||||
having decreased the system clock below 2 MHz.
|
||||
(+) Exit:
|
||||
(++) clear LPR bit then wait for REGLPF bit to be reset with
|
||||
HAL_PWREx_DisableLowPowerRunMode() API. Only then can the
|
||||
system clock frequency be increased above 2 MHz.
|
||||
|
||||
*** Sleep mode / Low-power sleep mode ***
|
||||
=========================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
(+) Entry:
|
||||
The Sleep & Low-power Sleep modes are entered through
|
||||
HAL_PWR_EnterSLEEPMode() API specifying whether or not the regulator
|
||||
is forced to low-power mode and if exit is interrupt or event
|
||||
triggered.
|
||||
(++) PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON: Sleep mode (regulator in main mode).
|
||||
(++) PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON: Low-power Sleep mode (regulator in low
|
||||
power mode). In this case, the system clock frequency must have
|
||||
been decreased below 2 MHz beforehand.
|
||||
(++) PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI: Core enters sleep mode with WFI instruction
|
||||
(++) PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFE: Core enters sleep mode with WFE instruction
|
||||
(+) WFI Exit:
|
||||
(++) Any interrupt enabled in nested vectored interrupt controller (NVIC)
|
||||
(+) WFE Exit:
|
||||
(++) Any wakeup event if cortex is configured with SEVONPEND = 0
|
||||
(++) Interrupt even when disabled in NVIC if cortex is configured with
|
||||
SEVONPEND = 1
|
||||
[..] When exiting the Low-power Sleep mode by issuing an interrupt or a wakeup event,
|
||||
the MCU is in Low-power Run mode.
|
||||
|
||||
*** Stop 0 & Stop 1 modes ***
|
||||
=============================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
(+) Entry:
|
||||
The Stop modes are entered through the following APIs:
|
||||
(++) HAL_PWR_EnterSTOPMode() with following settings:
|
||||
(+++) PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON to enter STOP0 mode.
|
||||
(+++) PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON to enter STOP1 mode.
|
||||
(+) Exit (interrupt or event-triggered, specified when entering STOP mode):
|
||||
(++) PWR_STOPENTRY_WFI: enter Stop mode with WFI instruction
|
||||
(++) PWR_STOPENTRY_WFE: enter Stop mode with WFE instruction
|
||||
(+) WFI Exit:
|
||||
(++) Any EXTI line (internal or external) configured in interrupt mode
|
||||
with corresponding interrupt enable in NVIC
|
||||
(+) WFE Exit:
|
||||
(++) Any EXTI line (internal or external) configured in event mode if
|
||||
cortex is configured with SEVONPEND = 0
|
||||
(++) Any EXTI line configured in interrupt mode (even if the
|
||||
corresponding EXTI Interrupt vector is disabled in the NVIC) if
|
||||
cortex is configured with SEVONPEND = 0. The interrupt source can
|
||||
be external interrupts or peripherals with wakeup capability.
|
||||
[..] When exiting Stop, the MCU is either in Run mode or in Low-power Run mode
|
||||
depending on the LPR bit setting.
|
||||
|
||||
*** Standby mode ***
|
||||
====================
|
||||
[..] In Standby mode, it is possible to keep backup SRAM content (defined as
|
||||
full SRAM) keeping low power regulator on. This is achievable by setting
|
||||
Ram retention bit calling HAL_PWREx_EnableSRAMRetention API. This increases
|
||||
power consumption.
|
||||
Its also possible to define I/O states using APIs:
|
||||
HAL_PWREx_EnableGPIOPullUp, HAL_PWREx_EnableGPIOPullDown &
|
||||
HAL_PWREx_EnablePullUpPullDownConfig
|
||||
(+) Entry:
|
||||
(++) The Standby mode is entered through HAL_PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode() API, by
|
||||
setting SLEEPDEEP in Cortex control register.
|
||||
(+) Exit:
|
||||
(++) WKUP pin edge detection, RTC event (wakeup, alarm, timestamp),
|
||||
tamper event (internal & external), LSE CSS detection, reset on
|
||||
NRST pin, IWDG reset & BOR reset.
|
||||
[..] Exiting Standby generates a power reset: Cortex is reset and execute
|
||||
Reset handler vector, all registers in the Vcore domain are set to
|
||||
their reset value. Registers outside the VCORE domain (RTC, WKUP, IWDG,
|
||||
and Standby/Shutdown modes control) are not impacted.
|
||||
|
||||
*** Shutdown mode ***
|
||||
======================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
In Shutdown mode,
|
||||
voltage regulator is disabled, all clocks are off except LSE, RRS bit is
|
||||
cleared. SRAM and registers contents are lost except for backup domain
|
||||
registers.
|
||||
(+) Entry:
|
||||
(++) The Shutdown mode is entered through HAL_PWREx_EnterSHUTDOWNMode() API,
|
||||
by setting SLEEPDEEP in Cortex control register.
|
||||
(+) Exit:
|
||||
(++) WKUP pin edge detection, RTC event (wakeup, alarm, timestamp),
|
||||
tamper event (internal & external), LSE CSS detection, reset on
|
||||
NRST pin.
|
||||
[..] Exiting Shutdown generates a brown out reset: Cortex is reset and execute
|
||||
Reset handler vector, all registers are set to their reset value but ones
|
||||
in backup domain.
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Enable access to the backup domain
|
||||
* (RTC & TAMP registers, backup registers, RCC BDCR register).
|
||||
* @note After reset, the backup domain is protected against
|
||||
* possible unwanted write accesses. All RTC & TAMP registers (backup
|
||||
* registers included) and RCC BDCR register are concerned.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_PWR_EnableBkUpAccess(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SET_BIT(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_DBP);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Disable access to the backup domain
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_PWR_DisableBkUpAccess(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_DBP);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Enable the WakeUp PINx functionality.
|
||||
* @param WakeUpPinPolarity Specifies which Wake-Up pin to enable.
|
||||
* This parameter can be one of the following legacy values which set
|
||||
* the default polarity i.e. detection on high level (rising edge):
|
||||
* @arg @ref PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1, PWR_WAKEUP_PIN2, PWR_WAKEUP_PIN3(*),
|
||||
* PWR_WAKEUP_PIN4, PWR_WAKEUP_PIN5(*),PWR_WAKEUP_PIN6
|
||||
* or one of the following value where the user can explicitly specify
|
||||
* the enabled pin and the chosen polarity:
|
||||
* @arg @ref PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1_HIGH or PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1_LOW
|
||||
* @arg @ref PWR_WAKEUP_PIN2_HIGH or PWR_WAKEUP_PIN2_LOW
|
||||
* @arg @ref PWR_WAKEUP_PIN3_HIGH or PWR_WAKEUP_PIN3_LOW (*)
|
||||
* @arg @ref PWR_WAKEUP_PIN4_HIGH or PWR_WAKEUP_PIN4_LOW
|
||||
* @arg @ref PWR_WAKEUP_PIN5_HIGH or PWR_WAKEUP_PIN5_LOW (*)
|
||||
* @arg @ref PWR_WAKEUP_PIN6_HIGH or PWR_WAKEUP_PIN6_LOW
|
||||
* @note PWR_WAKEUP_PINx and PWR_WAKEUP_PINx_HIGH are equivalent.
|
||||
* @note (*) availability depends on devices
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_PWR_EnableWakeUpPin(uint32_t WakeUpPinPolarity)
|
||||
{
|
||||
assert_param(IS_PWR_WAKEUP_PIN(WakeUpPinPolarity));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Specifies the Wake-Up pin polarity for the event detection
|
||||
(rising or falling edge) */
|
||||
MODIFY_REG(PWR->CR4, (PWR_CR4_WP & WakeUpPinPolarity), (WakeUpPinPolarity >> PWR_WUP_POLARITY_SHIFT));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable wake-up pin */
|
||||
SET_BIT(PWR->CR3, (PWR_CR3_EWUP & WakeUpPinPolarity));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Disable the WakeUp PINx functionality.
|
||||
* @param WakeUpPinx Specifies the Power Wake-Up pin to disable.
|
||||
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg @ref PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1, PWR_WAKEUP_PIN2,PWR_WAKEUP_PIN3(*),
|
||||
* PWR_WAKEUP_PIN4,PWR_WAKEUP_PIN5(*),PWR_WAKEUP_PIN6
|
||||
* @note (*) availability depends on devices
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_PWR_DisableWakeUpPin(uint32_t WakeUpPinx)
|
||||
{
|
||||
assert_param(IS_PWR_WAKEUP_PIN(WakeUpPinx));
|
||||
|
||||
CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR3, (PWR_CR3_EWUP & WakeUpPinx));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Enter Sleep or Low-power Sleep mode.
|
||||
* @note In Sleep/Low-power Sleep mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as
|
||||
* in Run mode.
|
||||
* @param Regulator Specifies the regulator state in Sleep/Low-power Sleep
|
||||
* mode. This parameter can be one of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg @ref PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON Sleep mode (regulator in main mode)
|
||||
* @arg @ref PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON Low-power Sleep mode (regulator
|
||||
* in low-power mode)
|
||||
* @note Low-power Sleep mode is entered from Low-power Run mode only. In
|
||||
* case Regulator parameter is set to Low Power but MCU is in Run mode,
|
||||
* we will first enter in Low-power Run mode. Therefore, user should
|
||||
* take care that HCLK frequency is less than 2 MHz.
|
||||
* @note When exiting Low-power Sleep mode, the MCU is in Low-power Run mode.
|
||||
* To switch back to Run mode, user must call
|
||||
* HAL_PWREx_DisableLowPowerRunMode() API.
|
||||
* @param SLEEPEntry Specifies if Sleep mode is entered with WFI or WFE
|
||||
* instruction. This parameter can be one of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg @ref PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI enter Sleep or Low-power Sleep
|
||||
* mode with WFI instruction
|
||||
* @arg @ref PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFE enter Sleep or Low-power Sleep
|
||||
* mode with WFE instruction
|
||||
* @note When WFI entry is used, tick interrupt have to be disabled if not
|
||||
* desired as the interrupt wake up source.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_PWR_EnterSLEEPMode(uint32_t Regulator, uint8_t SLEEPEntry)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_PWR_REGULATOR(Regulator));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_PWR_SLEEP_ENTRY(SLEEPEntry));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set Regulator parameter */
|
||||
if(Regulator != PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* If in run mode, first move to low-power run mode.
|
||||
The system clock frequency must be below 2 MHz at this point. */
|
||||
if((PWR->SR2 & PWR_SR2_REGLPF) == 0x00u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
HAL_PWREx_EnableLowPowerRunMode();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* If in low-power run mode at this point, exit it */
|
||||
if((PWR->SR2 & PWR_SR2_REGLPF) != 0x00u)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (HAL_PWREx_DisableLowPowerRunMode() != HAL_OK)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return ;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Clear SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
|
||||
CLEAR_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Select SLEEP mode entry -------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
if(SLEEPEntry == PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Request Wait For Interrupt */
|
||||
__WFI();
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Request Wait For Event */
|
||||
__SEV();
|
||||
__WFE();
|
||||
__WFE();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Enter Stop mode
|
||||
* @note This API is named HAL_PWR_EnterSTOPMode to ensure compatibility with
|
||||
* legacy code running on devices where only "Stop mode" is mentioned
|
||||
* with main or low power regulator ON.
|
||||
* @note In Stop mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run mode.
|
||||
* @note All clocks in the VCORE domain are stopped; the PLL, the HSI and the
|
||||
* HSE oscillators are disabled. Some peripherals with the wakeup
|
||||
* capability can switch on the HSI to receive a frame, and switch off
|
||||
* the HSI after receiving the frame if it is not a wakeup frame.
|
||||
* SRAM and register contents are preserved.
|
||||
* The BOR is available.
|
||||
* The voltage regulator can be configured either in normal (Stop 0) or
|
||||
* low-power mode (Stop 1).
|
||||
* @note When exiting Stop 0 or Stop 1 mode by issuing an interrupt or a
|
||||
* wakeup event, the HSI RC oscillator is selected as system clock
|
||||
* @note When the voltage regulator operates in low power mode (Stop 1),
|
||||
* an additional startup delay is incurred when waking up. By keeping
|
||||
* the internal regulator ON during Stop mode (Stop 0), the consumption
|
||||
* is higher although the startup time is reduced.
|
||||
* @param Regulator Specifies the regulator state in Stop mode
|
||||
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg @ref PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON Stop 0 mode (main regulator ON)
|
||||
* @arg @ref PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON Stop 1 mode (low power
|
||||
* regulator ON)
|
||||
* @param STOPEntry Specifies Stop 0 or Stop 1 mode is entered with WFI or
|
||||
* WFE instruction. This parameter can be one of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg @ref PWR_STOPENTRY_WFI Enter Stop 0 or Stop 1 mode with WFI
|
||||
* instruction.
|
||||
* @arg @ref PWR_STOPENTRY_WFE Enter Stop 0 or Stop 1 mode with WFE
|
||||
* instruction.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_PWR_EnterSTOPMode(uint32_t Regulator, uint8_t STOPEntry)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_PWR_REGULATOR(Regulator));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_PWR_STOP_ENTRY(STOPEntry));
|
||||
|
||||
if (Regulator != PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Stop mode with Low-Power Regulator */
|
||||
MODIFY_REG(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_LPMS, PWR_LOWPOWERMODE_STOP1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Stop mode with Main Regulator */
|
||||
MODIFY_REG(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_LPMS, PWR_LOWPOWERMODE_STOP0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
|
||||
SET_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Select Stop mode entry --------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
if(STOPEntry == PWR_STOPENTRY_WFI)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Request Wait For Interrupt */
|
||||
__WFI();
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Request Wait For Event */
|
||||
__SEV();
|
||||
__WFE();
|
||||
__WFE();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Reset SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
|
||||
CLEAR_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Enter Standby mode.
|
||||
* @note In Standby mode, the PLL, the HSI and the HSE oscillators are
|
||||
* switched off. The voltage regulator is disabled. SRAM and register
|
||||
* contents are lost except for registers in the Backup domain and
|
||||
* Standby circuitry. BOR is available.
|
||||
* @note The I/Os can be configured either with a pull-up or pull-down or can
|
||||
* be kept in analog state.
|
||||
* HAL_PWREx_EnableGPIOPullUp() and HAL_PWREx_EnableGPIOPullDown()
|
||||
* respectively enable Pull Up and PullDown state.
|
||||
* HAL_PWREx_DisableGPIOPullUp() & HAL_PWREx_DisableGPIOPullDown()
|
||||
* disable the same. These states are effective in Standby mode only if
|
||||
* APC bit is set through HAL_PWREx_EnablePullUpPullDownConfig() API.
|
||||
* @note Sram content can be kept setting RRS through HAL_PWREx_EnableSRAMRetention()
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Set Stand-by mode */
|
||||
MODIFY_REG(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_LPMS, PWR_LOWPOWERMODE_STANDBY);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
|
||||
SET_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk));
|
||||
|
||||
/* This option is used to ensure that store operations are completed */
|
||||
#if defined ( __CC_ARM)
|
||||
__force_stores();
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Request Wait For Interrupt */
|
||||
__WFI();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Enable Sleep-On-Exit Cortex feature
|
||||
* @note Set SLEEPONEXIT bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, the
|
||||
* processor enters SLEEP or DEEPSLEEP mode when an interruption
|
||||
* handling is over returning to thread mode. Setting this bit is
|
||||
* useful when the processor is expected to run only on interruptions
|
||||
* handling.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_PWR_EnableSleepOnExit(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Set SLEEPONEXIT bit of Cortex System Control Register */
|
||||
SET_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPONEXIT_Msk));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Disable Sleep-On-Exit Cortex feature
|
||||
* @note Clear SLEEPONEXIT bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, the
|
||||
* processor enters SLEEP or DEEPSLEEP mode when an interruption
|
||||
* handling is over.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_PWR_DisableSleepOnExit(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Clear SLEEPONEXIT bit of Cortex System Control Register */
|
||||
CLEAR_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPONEXIT_Msk));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Enable Cortex Sev On Pending feature.
|
||||
* @note Set SEVONPEND bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, enabled
|
||||
* events and all interrupts, including disabled ones can wakeup
|
||||
* processor from WFE.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_PWR_EnableSEVOnPend(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Set SEVONPEND bit of Cortex System Control Register */
|
||||
SET_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SEVONPEND_Msk));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Disable Cortex Sev On Pending feature.
|
||||
* @note Clear SEVONPEND bit of SCR register. When this bit is clear, only
|
||||
* enable interrupts or events can wakeup processor from WFE
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_PWR_DisableSEVOnPend(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Clear SEVONPEND bit of Cortex System Control Register */
|
||||
CLEAR_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SEVONPEND_Msk));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED */
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
|
1019
CDC/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_hal_pwr_ex.c
Normal file
1019
CDC/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_hal_pwr_ex.c
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load diff
1437
CDC/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_hal_rcc.c
Normal file
1437
CDC/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_hal_rcc.c
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load diff
1682
CDC/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_hal_rcc_ex.c
Normal file
1682
CDC/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_hal_rcc_ex.c
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load diff
7719
CDC/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_hal_tim.c
Normal file
7719
CDC/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_hal_tim.c
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load diff
2800
CDC/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_hal_tim_ex.c
Normal file
2800
CDC/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_hal_tim_ex.c
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load diff
4624
CDC/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_hal_uart.c
Normal file
4624
CDC/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_hal_uart.c
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load diff
1059
CDC/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_hal_uart_ex.c
Normal file
1059
CDC/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_hal_uart_ex.c
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load diff
787
CDC/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_ll_adc.c
Normal file
787
CDC/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_ll_adc.c
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,787 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @file stm32g0xx_ll_adc.c
|
||||
* @author MCD Application Team
|
||||
* @brief ADC LL module driver
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @attention
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <h2><center>© Copyright (c) 2018 STMicroelectronics.
|
||||
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
|
||||
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
|
||||
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
|
||||
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#include "stm32g0xx_ll_adc.h"
|
||||
#include "stm32g0xx_ll_bus.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
|
||||
#include "stm32_assert.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup STM32G0xx_LL_Driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined (ADC1)
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup ADC_LL ADC
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/** @addtogroup ADC_LL_Private_Constants
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Definitions of ADC hardware constraints delays */
|
||||
/* Note: Only ADC peripheral HW delays are defined in ADC LL driver driver, */
|
||||
/* not timeout values: */
|
||||
/* Timeout values for ADC operations are dependent to device clock */
|
||||
/* configuration (system clock versus ADC clock), */
|
||||
/* and therefore must be defined in user application. */
|
||||
/* Refer to @ref ADC_LL_EC_HW_DELAYS for description of ADC timeout */
|
||||
/* values definition. */
|
||||
/* Note: ADC timeout values are defined here in CPU cycles to be independent */
|
||||
/* of device clock setting. */
|
||||
/* In user application, ADC timeout values should be defined with */
|
||||
/* temporal values, in function of device clock settings. */
|
||||
/* Highest ratio CPU clock frequency vs ADC clock frequency: */
|
||||
/* - ADC clock from synchronous clock with AHB prescaler 512, */
|
||||
/* APB prescaler 16, ADC prescaler 4. */
|
||||
/* - ADC clock from asynchronous clock (HSI) with prescaler 1, */
|
||||
/* with highest ratio CPU clock frequency vs HSI clock frequency: */
|
||||
/* CPU clock frequency max 56MHz, HSI frequency 16MHz: ratio 4. */
|
||||
/* Unit: CPU cycles. */
|
||||
#define ADC_CLOCK_RATIO_VS_CPU_HIGHEST (512UL * 16UL * 4UL)
|
||||
#define ADC_TIMEOUT_DISABLE_CPU_CYCLES (ADC_CLOCK_RATIO_VS_CPU_HIGHEST * 1UL)
|
||||
#define ADC_TIMEOUT_STOP_CONVERSION_CPU_CYCLES (ADC_CLOCK_RATIO_VS_CPU_HIGHEST * 1UL)
|
||||
/* Note: CCRDY handshake requires 1APB + 2 ADC + 3 APB cycles */
|
||||
/* after the channel configuration has been changed. */
|
||||
/* Driver timeout is approximated to 6 CPU cycles. */
|
||||
#define ADC_TIMEOUT_CCRDY_CPU_CYCLES (ADC_CLOCK_RATIO_VS_CPU_HIGHEST * 6UL)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup ADC_LL_Private_Macros
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check of parameters for configuration of ADC hierarchical scope: */
|
||||
/* common to several ADC instances. */
|
||||
#define IS_LL_ADC_COMMON_CLOCK(__CLOCK__) \
|
||||
(((__CLOCK__) == LL_ADC_CLOCK_ASYNC_DIV1) \
|
||||
|| ((__CLOCK__) == LL_ADC_CLOCK_ASYNC_DIV2) \
|
||||
|| ((__CLOCK__) == LL_ADC_CLOCK_ASYNC_DIV4) \
|
||||
|| ((__CLOCK__) == LL_ADC_CLOCK_ASYNC_DIV6) \
|
||||
|| ((__CLOCK__) == LL_ADC_CLOCK_ASYNC_DIV8) \
|
||||
|| ((__CLOCK__) == LL_ADC_CLOCK_ASYNC_DIV10) \
|
||||
|| ((__CLOCK__) == LL_ADC_CLOCK_ASYNC_DIV12) \
|
||||
|| ((__CLOCK__) == LL_ADC_CLOCK_ASYNC_DIV16) \
|
||||
|| ((__CLOCK__) == LL_ADC_CLOCK_ASYNC_DIV32) \
|
||||
|| ((__CLOCK__) == LL_ADC_CLOCK_ASYNC_DIV64) \
|
||||
|| ((__CLOCK__) == LL_ADC_CLOCK_ASYNC_DIV128) \
|
||||
|| ((__CLOCK__) == LL_ADC_CLOCK_ASYNC_DIV256) \
|
||||
)
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_ADC_CLOCK_FREQ_MODE(__CLOCK_FREQ_MODE__) \
|
||||
(((__CLOCK_FREQ_MODE__) == LL_ADC_CLOCK_FREQ_MODE_HIGH) \
|
||||
|| ((__CLOCK_FREQ_MODE__) == LL_ADC_CLOCK_FREQ_MODE_LOW) \
|
||||
)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check of parameters for configuration of ADC hierarchical scope: */
|
||||
/* ADC instance. */
|
||||
#define IS_LL_ADC_CLOCK(__CLOCK__) \
|
||||
(((__CLOCK__) == LL_ADC_CLOCK_SYNC_PCLK_DIV4) \
|
||||
|| ((__CLOCK__) == LL_ADC_CLOCK_SYNC_PCLK_DIV2) \
|
||||
|| ((__CLOCK__) == LL_ADC_CLOCK_SYNC_PCLK_DIV1) \
|
||||
|| ((__CLOCK__) == LL_ADC_CLOCK_ASYNC) \
|
||||
)
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_ADC_RESOLUTION(__RESOLUTION__) \
|
||||
(((__RESOLUTION__) == LL_ADC_RESOLUTION_12B) \
|
||||
|| ((__RESOLUTION__) == LL_ADC_RESOLUTION_10B) \
|
||||
|| ((__RESOLUTION__) == LL_ADC_RESOLUTION_8B) \
|
||||
|| ((__RESOLUTION__) == LL_ADC_RESOLUTION_6B) \
|
||||
)
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_ADC_DATA_ALIGN(__DATA_ALIGN__) \
|
||||
(((__DATA_ALIGN__) == LL_ADC_DATA_ALIGN_RIGHT) \
|
||||
|| ((__DATA_ALIGN__) == LL_ADC_DATA_ALIGN_LEFT) \
|
||||
)
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_ADC_LOW_POWER(__LOW_POWER__) \
|
||||
(((__LOW_POWER__) == LL_ADC_LP_MODE_NONE) \
|
||||
|| ((__LOW_POWER__) == LL_ADC_LP_AUTOWAIT) \
|
||||
|| ((__LOW_POWER__) == LL_ADC_LP_AUTOPOWEROFF) \
|
||||
|| ((__LOW_POWER__) == LL_ADC_LP_AUTOWAIT_AUTOPOWEROFF) \
|
||||
)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check of parameters for configuration of ADC hierarchical scope: */
|
||||
/* ADC group regular */
|
||||
#if defined(TIM15) && defined(TIM6) && defined(TIM2)
|
||||
#define IS_LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_SOURCE(__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) \
|
||||
(((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_SOFTWARE) \
|
||||
|| ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM1_TRGO2) \
|
||||
|| ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM1_CH4 ) \
|
||||
|| ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM2_TRGO) \
|
||||
|| ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM3_TRGO) \
|
||||
|| ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM6_TRGO) \
|
||||
|| ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM15_TRGO) \
|
||||
|| ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_EXTI_LINE11) \
|
||||
)
|
||||
#elif defined(TIM15) && defined(TIM6)
|
||||
#define IS_LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_SOURCE(__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) \
|
||||
(((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_SOFTWARE) \
|
||||
|| ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM1_TRGO2) \
|
||||
|| ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM1_CH4 ) \
|
||||
|| ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM3_TRGO) \
|
||||
|| ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM6_TRGO) \
|
||||
|| ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM15_TRGO) \
|
||||
|| ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_EXTI_LINE11) \
|
||||
)
|
||||
#elif defined(TIM2)
|
||||
#define IS_LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_SOURCE(__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) \
|
||||
(((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_SOFTWARE) \
|
||||
|| ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM1_TRGO2) \
|
||||
|| ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM1_CH4 ) \
|
||||
|| ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM2_TRGO) \
|
||||
|| ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM3_TRGO) \
|
||||
|| ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_EXTI_LINE11) \
|
||||
)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define IS_LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_SOURCE(__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) \
|
||||
(((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_SOFTWARE) \
|
||||
|| ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM1_TRGO2) \
|
||||
|| ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM1_CH4 ) \
|
||||
|| ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM3_TRGO) \
|
||||
|| ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_EXTI_LINE11) \
|
||||
)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_ADC_REG_CONTINUOUS_MODE(__REG_CONTINUOUS_MODE__) \
|
||||
(((__REG_CONTINUOUS_MODE__) == LL_ADC_REG_CONV_SINGLE) \
|
||||
|| ((__REG_CONTINUOUS_MODE__) == LL_ADC_REG_CONV_CONTINUOUS) \
|
||||
)
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_ADC_REG_DMA_TRANSFER(__REG_DMA_TRANSFER__) \
|
||||
(((__REG_DMA_TRANSFER__) == LL_ADC_REG_DMA_TRANSFER_NONE) \
|
||||
|| ((__REG_DMA_TRANSFER__) == LL_ADC_REG_DMA_TRANSFER_LIMITED) \
|
||||
|| ((__REG_DMA_TRANSFER__) == LL_ADC_REG_DMA_TRANSFER_UNLIMITED) \
|
||||
)
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_ADC_REG_OVR_DATA_BEHAVIOR(__REG_OVR_DATA_BEHAVIOR__) \
|
||||
(((__REG_OVR_DATA_BEHAVIOR__) == LL_ADC_REG_OVR_DATA_PRESERVED) \
|
||||
|| ((__REG_OVR_DATA_BEHAVIOR__) == LL_ADC_REG_OVR_DATA_OVERWRITTEN) \
|
||||
)
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_MODE(__REG_SEQ_MODE__) \
|
||||
(((__REG_SEQ_MODE__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_FIXED) \
|
||||
|| ((__REG_SEQ_MODE__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_CONFIGURABLE) \
|
||||
)
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH(__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) \
|
||||
(((__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_DISABLE) \
|
||||
|| ((__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_2RANKS) \
|
||||
|| ((__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_3RANKS) \
|
||||
|| ((__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_4RANKS) \
|
||||
|| ((__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_5RANKS) \
|
||||
|| ((__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_6RANKS) \
|
||||
|| ((__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_7RANKS) \
|
||||
|| ((__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_8RANKS) \
|
||||
)
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_DISCONT_MODE(__REG_SEQ_DISCONT_MODE__) \
|
||||
(((__REG_SEQ_DISCONT_MODE__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_DISCONT_DISABLE) \
|
||||
|| ((__REG_SEQ_DISCONT_MODE__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_DISCONT_1RANK) \
|
||||
)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/** @addtogroup ADC_LL_Exported_Functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup ADC_LL_EF_Init
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief De-initialize registers of all ADC instances belonging to
|
||||
* the same ADC common instance to their default reset values.
|
||||
* @note This function is performing a hard reset, using high level
|
||||
* clock source RCC ADC reset.
|
||||
* @param ADCxy_COMMON ADC common instance
|
||||
* (can be set directly from CMSIS definition or by using helper macro @ref __LL_ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE() )
|
||||
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
|
||||
* - SUCCESS: ADC common registers are de-initialized
|
||||
* - ERROR: not applicable
|
||||
*/
|
||||
ErrorStatus LL_ADC_CommonDeInit(ADC_Common_TypeDef *ADCxy_COMMON)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE(ADCxy_COMMON));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Force reset of ADC clock (core clock) */
|
||||
LL_APB2_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_ADC);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Release reset of ADC clock (core clock) */
|
||||
LL_APB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_ADC);
|
||||
|
||||
return SUCCESS;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Initialize some features of ADC common parameters
|
||||
* (all ADC instances belonging to the same ADC common instance)
|
||||
* and multimode (for devices with several ADC instances available).
|
||||
* @note The setting of ADC common parameters is conditioned to
|
||||
* ADC instances state:
|
||||
* All ADC instances belonging to the same ADC common instance
|
||||
* must be disabled.
|
||||
* @param ADCxy_COMMON ADC common instance
|
||||
* (can be set directly from CMSIS definition or by using helper macro @ref __LL_ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE() )
|
||||
* @param ADC_CommonInitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_ADC_CommonInitTypeDef structure
|
||||
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
|
||||
* - SUCCESS: ADC common registers are initialized
|
||||
* - ERROR: ADC common registers are not initialized
|
||||
*/
|
||||
ErrorStatus LL_ADC_CommonInit(ADC_Common_TypeDef *ADCxy_COMMON, LL_ADC_CommonInitTypeDef *ADC_CommonInitStruct)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE(ADCxy_COMMON));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_COMMON_CLOCK(ADC_CommonInitStruct->CommonClock));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Note: Hardware constraint (refer to description of functions */
|
||||
/* "LL_ADC_SetCommonXXX()": */
|
||||
/* On this STM32 series, setting of these features is conditioned to */
|
||||
/* ADC state: */
|
||||
/* All ADC instances of the ADC common group must be disabled. */
|
||||
if (__LL_ADC_IS_ENABLED_ALL_COMMON_INSTANCE(ADCxy_COMMON) == 0UL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Configuration of ADC hierarchical scope: */
|
||||
/* - common to several ADC */
|
||||
/* (all ADC instances belonging to the same ADC common instance) */
|
||||
/* - Set ADC clock (conversion clock) */
|
||||
LL_ADC_SetCommonClock(ADCxy_COMMON, ADC_CommonInitStruct->CommonClock);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Initialization error: One or several ADC instances belonging to */
|
||||
/* the same ADC common instance are not disabled. */
|
||||
status = ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return status;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Set each @ref LL_ADC_CommonInitTypeDef field to default value.
|
||||
* @param ADC_CommonInitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_ADC_CommonInitTypeDef structure
|
||||
* whose fields will be set to default values.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void LL_ADC_CommonStructInit(LL_ADC_CommonInitTypeDef *ADC_CommonInitStruct)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Set ADC_CommonInitStruct fields to default values */
|
||||
/* Set fields of ADC common */
|
||||
/* (all ADC instances belonging to the same ADC common instance) */
|
||||
ADC_CommonInitStruct->CommonClock = LL_ADC_CLOCK_ASYNC_DIV2;
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief De-initialize registers of the selected ADC instance
|
||||
* to their default reset values.
|
||||
* @note To reset all ADC instances quickly (perform a hard reset),
|
||||
* use function @ref LL_ADC_CommonDeInit().
|
||||
* @note If this functions returns error status, it means that ADC instance
|
||||
* is in an unknown state.
|
||||
* In this case, perform a hard reset using high level
|
||||
* clock source RCC ADC reset.
|
||||
* Refer to function @ref LL_ADC_CommonDeInit().
|
||||
* @param ADCx ADC instance
|
||||
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
|
||||
* - SUCCESS: ADC registers are de-initialized
|
||||
* - ERROR: ADC registers are not de-initialized
|
||||
*/
|
||||
ErrorStatus LL_ADC_DeInit(ADC_TypeDef *ADCx)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
|
||||
|
||||
__IO uint32_t timeout_cpu_cycles = 0UL;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(ADCx));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable ADC instance if not already disabled. */
|
||||
if (LL_ADC_IsEnabled(ADCx) == 1UL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Set ADC group regular trigger source to SW start to ensure to not */
|
||||
/* have an external trigger event occurring during the conversion stop */
|
||||
/* ADC disable process. */
|
||||
LL_ADC_REG_SetTriggerSource(ADCx, LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_SOFTWARE);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Stop potential ADC conversion on going on ADC group regular. */
|
||||
if (LL_ADC_REG_IsConversionOngoing(ADCx) != 0UL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (LL_ADC_REG_IsStopConversionOngoing(ADCx) == 0UL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
LL_ADC_REG_StopConversion(ADCx);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait for ADC conversions are effectively stopped */
|
||||
timeout_cpu_cycles = ADC_TIMEOUT_STOP_CONVERSION_CPU_CYCLES;
|
||||
while (LL_ADC_REG_IsStopConversionOngoing(ADCx) == 1UL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
timeout_cpu_cycles--;
|
||||
if (timeout_cpu_cycles == 0UL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Time-out error */
|
||||
status = ERROR;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable the ADC instance */
|
||||
LL_ADC_Disable(ADCx);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait for ADC instance is effectively disabled */
|
||||
timeout_cpu_cycles = ADC_TIMEOUT_DISABLE_CPU_CYCLES;
|
||||
while (LL_ADC_IsDisableOngoing(ADCx) == 1UL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
timeout_cpu_cycles--;
|
||||
if (timeout_cpu_cycles == 0UL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Time-out error */
|
||||
status = ERROR;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check whether ADC state is compliant with expected state */
|
||||
if (READ_BIT(ADCx->CR,
|
||||
(ADC_CR_ADSTP | ADC_CR_ADSTART
|
||||
| ADC_CR_ADDIS | ADC_CR_ADEN)
|
||||
)
|
||||
== 0UL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* ========== Reset ADC registers ========== */
|
||||
/* Reset register IER */
|
||||
CLEAR_BIT(ADCx->IER,
|
||||
(LL_ADC_IT_ADRDY
|
||||
| LL_ADC_IT_EOC
|
||||
| LL_ADC_IT_EOS
|
||||
| LL_ADC_IT_OVR
|
||||
| LL_ADC_IT_EOSMP
|
||||
| LL_ADC_IT_AWD1
|
||||
| LL_ADC_IT_AWD2
|
||||
| LL_ADC_IT_AWD3
|
||||
| LL_ADC_IT_EOCAL
|
||||
| LL_ADC_IT_CCRDY
|
||||
)
|
||||
);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Reset register ISR */
|
||||
SET_BIT(ADCx->ISR,
|
||||
(LL_ADC_FLAG_ADRDY
|
||||
| LL_ADC_FLAG_EOC
|
||||
| LL_ADC_FLAG_EOS
|
||||
| LL_ADC_FLAG_OVR
|
||||
| LL_ADC_FLAG_EOSMP
|
||||
| LL_ADC_FLAG_AWD1
|
||||
| LL_ADC_FLAG_AWD2
|
||||
| LL_ADC_FLAG_AWD3
|
||||
| LL_ADC_FLAG_EOCAL
|
||||
| LL_ADC_FLAG_CCRDY
|
||||
)
|
||||
);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Reset register CR */
|
||||
/* Bits ADC_CR_ADCAL, ADC_CR_ADSTP, ADC_CR_ADSTART are in access mode */
|
||||
/* "read-set": no direct reset applicable. */
|
||||
CLEAR_BIT(ADCx->CR, ADC_CR_ADVREGEN);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Reset register CFGR1 */
|
||||
CLEAR_BIT(ADCx->CFGR1,
|
||||
(ADC_CFGR1_AWD1CH | ADC_CFGR1_AWD1EN | ADC_CFGR1_AWD1SGL | ADC_CFGR1_DISCEN
|
||||
| ADC_CFGR1_AUTOFF | ADC_CFGR1_WAIT | ADC_CFGR1_CONT | ADC_CFGR1_OVRMOD
|
||||
| ADC_CFGR1_EXTEN | ADC_CFGR1_EXTSEL | ADC_CFGR1_ALIGN | ADC_CFGR1_RES
|
||||
| ADC_CFGR1_SCANDIR | ADC_CFGR1_DMACFG | ADC_CFGR1_DMAEN)
|
||||
);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Reset register CFGR2 */
|
||||
/* Note: Update of ADC clock mode is conditioned to ADC state disabled: */
|
||||
/* already done above. */
|
||||
CLEAR_BIT(ADCx->CFGR2,
|
||||
(ADC_CFGR2_CKMODE
|
||||
| ADC_CFGR2_TOVS | ADC_CFGR2_OVSS | ADC_CFGR2_OVSR
|
||||
| ADC_CFGR2_OVSE)
|
||||
);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Reset register SMPR */
|
||||
CLEAR_BIT(ADCx->SMPR, ADC_SMPR_SMP1 | ADC_SMPR_SMP2 | ADC_SMPR_SMPSEL);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Reset register TR1 */
|
||||
MODIFY_REG(ADCx->TR1, ADC_TR1_HT1 | ADC_TR1_LT1, ADC_TR1_HT1);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Reset register TR2 */
|
||||
MODIFY_REG(ADCx->TR2, ADC_TR2_HT2 | ADC_TR2_LT2, ADC_TR2_HT2);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Reset register TR3 */
|
||||
MODIFY_REG(ADCx->TR3, ADC_TR3_HT3 | ADC_TR3_LT3, ADC_TR3_HT3);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Reset register CHSELR */
|
||||
CLEAR_BIT(ADCx->CHSELR,
|
||||
(ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL18 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL17 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL16
|
||||
| ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL15 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL14 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL13 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL12
|
||||
| ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL11 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL10 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL9 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL8
|
||||
| ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL7 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL6 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL5 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL4
|
||||
| ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL3 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL2 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL1 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL0)
|
||||
);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait for ADC channel configuration ready */
|
||||
timeout_cpu_cycles = ADC_TIMEOUT_CCRDY_CPU_CYCLES;
|
||||
while (LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_CCRDY(ADCx) == 0UL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
timeout_cpu_cycles--;
|
||||
if (timeout_cpu_cycles == 0UL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Time-out error */
|
||||
status = ERROR;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Clear flag ADC channel configuration ready */
|
||||
LL_ADC_ClearFlag_CCRDY(ADCx);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Reset register DR */
|
||||
/* bits in access mode read only, no direct reset applicable */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Reset register CALFACT */
|
||||
CLEAR_BIT(ADCx->CALFACT, ADC_CALFACT_CALFACT);
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* ADC instance is in an unknown state */
|
||||
/* Need to performing a hard reset of ADC instance, using high level */
|
||||
/* clock source RCC ADC reset. */
|
||||
/* Caution: On this STM32 series, if several ADC instances are available */
|
||||
/* on the selected device, RCC ADC reset will reset */
|
||||
/* all ADC instances belonging to the common ADC instance. */
|
||||
status = ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return status;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Initialize some features of ADC instance.
|
||||
* @note These parameters have an impact on ADC scope: ADC instance.
|
||||
* Refer to corresponding unitary functions into
|
||||
* @ref ADC_LL_EF_Configuration_ADC_Instance .
|
||||
* @note The setting of these parameters by function @ref LL_ADC_Init()
|
||||
* is conditioned to ADC state:
|
||||
* ADC instance must be disabled.
|
||||
* This condition is applied to all ADC features, for efficiency
|
||||
* and compatibility over all STM32 families. However, the different
|
||||
* features can be set under different ADC state conditions
|
||||
* (setting possible with ADC enabled without conversion on going,
|
||||
* ADC enabled with conversion on going, ...)
|
||||
* Each feature can be updated afterwards with a unitary function
|
||||
* and potentially with ADC in a different state than disabled,
|
||||
* refer to description of each function for setting
|
||||
* conditioned to ADC state.
|
||||
* @note After using this function, some other features must be configured
|
||||
* using LL unitary functions.
|
||||
* The minimum configuration remaining to be done is:
|
||||
* - Set ADC group regular sequencer:
|
||||
* Depending on the sequencer mode (refer to
|
||||
* function @ref LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerConfigurable() ):
|
||||
* - map channel on the selected sequencer rank.
|
||||
* Refer to function @ref LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerRanks();
|
||||
* - map channel on rank corresponding to channel number.
|
||||
* Refer to function @ref LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChannels();
|
||||
* - Set ADC channel sampling time
|
||||
* Refer to function LL_ADC_SetSamplingTimeCommonChannels();
|
||||
* Refer to function LL_ADC_SetChannelSamplingTime();
|
||||
* @param ADCx ADC instance
|
||||
* @param ADC_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_ADC_REG_InitTypeDef structure
|
||||
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
|
||||
* - SUCCESS: ADC registers are initialized
|
||||
* - ERROR: ADC registers are not initialized
|
||||
*/
|
||||
ErrorStatus LL_ADC_Init(ADC_TypeDef *ADCx, LL_ADC_InitTypeDef *ADC_InitStruct)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(ADCx));
|
||||
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_CLOCK(ADC_InitStruct->Clock));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_RESOLUTION(ADC_InitStruct->Resolution));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_DATA_ALIGN(ADC_InitStruct->DataAlignment));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_LOW_POWER(ADC_InitStruct->LowPowerMode));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Note: Hardware constraint (refer to description of this function): */
|
||||
/* ADC instance must be disabled. */
|
||||
if (LL_ADC_IsEnabled(ADCx) == 0UL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Configuration of ADC hierarchical scope: */
|
||||
/* - ADC instance */
|
||||
/* - Set ADC data resolution */
|
||||
/* - Set ADC conversion data alignment */
|
||||
/* - Set ADC low power mode */
|
||||
MODIFY_REG(ADCx->CFGR1,
|
||||
ADC_CFGR1_RES
|
||||
| ADC_CFGR1_ALIGN
|
||||
| ADC_CFGR1_WAIT
|
||||
| ADC_CFGR1_AUTOFF
|
||||
,
|
||||
ADC_InitStruct->Resolution
|
||||
| ADC_InitStruct->DataAlignment
|
||||
| ADC_InitStruct->LowPowerMode
|
||||
);
|
||||
|
||||
MODIFY_REG(ADCx->CFGR2,
|
||||
ADC_CFGR2_CKMODE
|
||||
,
|
||||
ADC_InitStruct->Clock
|
||||
);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Initialization error: ADC instance is not disabled. */
|
||||
status = ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return status;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Set each @ref LL_ADC_InitTypeDef field to default value.
|
||||
* @param ADC_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_ADC_InitTypeDef structure
|
||||
* whose fields will be set to default values.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void LL_ADC_StructInit(LL_ADC_InitTypeDef *ADC_InitStruct)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Set ADC_InitStruct fields to default values */
|
||||
/* Set fields of ADC instance */
|
||||
ADC_InitStruct->Clock = LL_ADC_CLOCK_SYNC_PCLK_DIV2;
|
||||
ADC_InitStruct->Resolution = LL_ADC_RESOLUTION_12B;
|
||||
ADC_InitStruct->DataAlignment = LL_ADC_DATA_ALIGN_RIGHT;
|
||||
ADC_InitStruct->LowPowerMode = LL_ADC_LP_MODE_NONE;
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Initialize some features of ADC group regular.
|
||||
* @note These parameters have an impact on ADC scope: ADC group regular.
|
||||
* Refer to corresponding unitary functions into
|
||||
* @ref ADC_LL_EF_Configuration_ADC_Group_Regular
|
||||
* (functions with prefix "REG").
|
||||
* @note The setting of these parameters by function @ref LL_ADC_Init()
|
||||
* is conditioned to ADC state:
|
||||
* ADC instance must be disabled.
|
||||
* This condition is applied to all ADC features, for efficiency
|
||||
* and compatibility over all STM32 families. However, the different
|
||||
* features can be set under different ADC state conditions
|
||||
* (setting possible with ADC enabled without conversion on going,
|
||||
* ADC enabled with conversion on going, ...)
|
||||
* Each feature can be updated afterwards with a unitary function
|
||||
* and potentially with ADC in a different state than disabled,
|
||||
* refer to description of each function for setting
|
||||
* conditioned to ADC state.
|
||||
* @note Before using this function, ADC group regular sequencer
|
||||
* must be configured: refer to function
|
||||
* @ref LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerConfigurable().
|
||||
* @note After using this function, other features must be configured
|
||||
* using LL unitary functions.
|
||||
* The minimum configuration remaining to be done is:
|
||||
* - Set ADC group regular sequencer:
|
||||
* Depending on the sequencer mode (refer to
|
||||
* function @ref LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerConfigurable() ):
|
||||
* - map channel on the selected sequencer rank.
|
||||
* Refer to function @ref LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerRanks();
|
||||
* - map channel on rank corresponding to channel number.
|
||||
* Refer to function @ref LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChannels();
|
||||
* - Set ADC channel sampling time
|
||||
* Refer to function LL_ADC_SetSamplingTimeCommonChannels();
|
||||
* Refer to function LL_ADC_SetChannelSamplingTime();
|
||||
* @param ADCx ADC instance
|
||||
* @param ADC_REG_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_ADC_REG_InitTypeDef structure
|
||||
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
|
||||
* - SUCCESS: ADC registers are initialized
|
||||
* - ERROR: ADC registers are not initialized
|
||||
*/
|
||||
ErrorStatus LL_ADC_REG_Init(ADC_TypeDef *ADCx, LL_ADC_REG_InitTypeDef *ADC_REG_InitStruct)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(ADCx));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_SOURCE(ADC_REG_InitStruct->TriggerSource));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_REG_CONTINUOUS_MODE(ADC_REG_InitStruct->ContinuousMode));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_REG_DMA_TRANSFER(ADC_REG_InitStruct->DMATransfer));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_REG_OVR_DATA_BEHAVIOR(ADC_REG_InitStruct->Overrun));
|
||||
|
||||
if (LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerConfigurable(ADCx) != LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_FIXED)
|
||||
{
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH(ADC_REG_InitStruct->SequencerLength));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if ((LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerConfigurable(ADCx) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_FIXED)
|
||||
|| (ADC_REG_InitStruct->SequencerLength != LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_DISABLE)
|
||||
)
|
||||
{
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_DISCONT_MODE(ADC_REG_InitStruct->SequencerDiscont));
|
||||
|
||||
/* ADC group regular continuous mode and discontinuous mode */
|
||||
/* can not be enabled simultenaeously */
|
||||
assert_param((ADC_REG_InitStruct->ContinuousMode == LL_ADC_REG_CONV_SINGLE)
|
||||
|| (ADC_REG_InitStruct->SequencerDiscont == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_DISCONT_DISABLE));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Note: Hardware constraint (refer to description of this function): */
|
||||
/* ADC instance must be disabled. */
|
||||
if (LL_ADC_IsEnabled(ADCx) == 0UL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Configuration of ADC hierarchical scope: */
|
||||
/* - ADC group regular */
|
||||
/* - Set ADC group regular trigger source */
|
||||
/* - Set ADC group regular sequencer length */
|
||||
/* - Set ADC group regular sequencer discontinuous mode */
|
||||
/* - Set ADC group regular continuous mode */
|
||||
/* - Set ADC group regular conversion data transfer: no transfer or */
|
||||
/* transfer by DMA, and DMA requests mode */
|
||||
/* - Set ADC group regular overrun behavior */
|
||||
/* Note: On this STM32 series, ADC trigger edge is set to value 0x0 by */
|
||||
/* setting of trigger source to SW start. */
|
||||
if ((LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerConfigurable(ADCx) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_FIXED)
|
||||
|| (ADC_REG_InitStruct->SequencerLength != LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_DISABLE)
|
||||
)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Case of sequencer mode fixed
|
||||
or sequencer length >= 2 ranks with sequencer mode fully configurable:
|
||||
discontinuous mode configured */
|
||||
MODIFY_REG(ADCx->CFGR1,
|
||||
ADC_CFGR1_EXTSEL
|
||||
| ADC_CFGR1_EXTEN
|
||||
| ADC_CFGR1_DISCEN
|
||||
| ADC_CFGR1_CONT
|
||||
| ADC_CFGR1_DMAEN
|
||||
| ADC_CFGR1_DMACFG
|
||||
| ADC_CFGR1_OVRMOD
|
||||
,
|
||||
ADC_REG_InitStruct->TriggerSource
|
||||
| ADC_REG_InitStruct->SequencerDiscont
|
||||
| ADC_REG_InitStruct->ContinuousMode
|
||||
| ADC_REG_InitStruct->DMATransfer
|
||||
| ADC_REG_InitStruct->Overrun
|
||||
);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Case of sequencer mode fully configurable
|
||||
and sequencer length 1 rank (sequencer disabled):
|
||||
discontinuous mode discarded (fixed to disable) */
|
||||
MODIFY_REG(ADCx->CFGR1,
|
||||
ADC_CFGR1_EXTSEL
|
||||
| ADC_CFGR1_EXTEN
|
||||
| ADC_CFGR1_DISCEN
|
||||
| ADC_CFGR1_CONT
|
||||
| ADC_CFGR1_DMAEN
|
||||
| ADC_CFGR1_DMACFG
|
||||
| ADC_CFGR1_OVRMOD
|
||||
,
|
||||
ADC_REG_InitStruct->TriggerSource
|
||||
| LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_DISCONT_DISABLE
|
||||
| ADC_REG_InitStruct->ContinuousMode
|
||||
| ADC_REG_InitStruct->DMATransfer
|
||||
| ADC_REG_InitStruct->Overrun
|
||||
);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set ADC group regular sequencer length */
|
||||
if (LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerConfigurable(ADCx) != LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_FIXED)
|
||||
{
|
||||
LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerLength(ADCx, ADC_REG_InitStruct->SequencerLength);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Initialization error: ADC instance is not disabled. */
|
||||
status = ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return status;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Set each @ref LL_ADC_REG_InitTypeDef field to default value.
|
||||
* @param ADC_REG_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_ADC_REG_InitTypeDef structure
|
||||
* whose fields will be set to default values.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void LL_ADC_REG_StructInit(LL_ADC_REG_InitTypeDef *ADC_REG_InitStruct)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Set ADC_REG_InitStruct fields to default values */
|
||||
/* Set fields of ADC group regular */
|
||||
/* Note: On this STM32 series, ADC trigger edge is set to value 0x0 by */
|
||||
/* setting of trigger source to SW start. */
|
||||
ADC_REG_InitStruct->TriggerSource = LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_SOFTWARE;
|
||||
ADC_REG_InitStruct->SequencerLength = LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_DISABLE;
|
||||
ADC_REG_InitStruct->SequencerDiscont = LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_DISCONT_DISABLE;
|
||||
ADC_REG_InitStruct->ContinuousMode = LL_ADC_REG_CONV_SINGLE;
|
||||
ADC_REG_InitStruct->DMATransfer = LL_ADC_REG_DMA_TRANSFER_NONE;
|
||||
ADC_REG_InitStruct->Overrun = LL_ADC_REG_OVR_DATA_OVERWRITTEN;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* ADC1 */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */
|
||||
|
||||
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
|
369
CDC/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_ll_dma.c
Normal file
369
CDC/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_ll_dma.c
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,369 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @file stm32g0xx_ll_dma.c
|
||||
* @author MCD Application Team
|
||||
* @brief DMA LL module driver.
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @attention
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <h2><center>© Copyright (c) 2018 STMicroelectronics.
|
||||
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
|
||||
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
|
||||
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
|
||||
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#include "stm32g0xx_ll_dma.h"
|
||||
#include "stm32g0xx_ll_bus.h"
|
||||
#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
|
||||
#include "stm32_assert.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup STM32G0xx_LL_Driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined (DMA1) || defined (DMA2)
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup DMA_LL DMA
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/** @addtogroup DMA_LL_Private_Macros
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define IS_LL_DMA_DIRECTION(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_DIRECTION_PERIPH_TO_MEMORY) || \
|
||||
((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_DIRECTION_MEMORY_TO_PERIPH) || \
|
||||
((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_DIRECTION_MEMORY_TO_MEMORY))
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_DMA_MODE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_MODE_NORMAL) || \
|
||||
((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_MODE_CIRCULAR))
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_DMA_PERIPHINCMODE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PERIPH_INCREMENT) || \
|
||||
((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PERIPH_NOINCREMENT))
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_DMA_MEMORYINCMODE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_MEMORY_INCREMENT) || \
|
||||
((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_MEMORY_NOINCREMENT))
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_DMA_PERIPHDATASIZE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PDATAALIGN_BYTE) || \
|
||||
((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PDATAALIGN_HALFWORD) || \
|
||||
((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PDATAALIGN_WORD))
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_DMA_MEMORYDATASIZE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_MDATAALIGN_BYTE) || \
|
||||
((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_MDATAALIGN_HALFWORD) || \
|
||||
((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_MDATAALIGN_WORD))
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_DMA_NBDATA(__VALUE__) ((__VALUE__) <= 0x0000FFFFU)
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_DMA_PERIPHREQUEST(__VALUE__) ((__VALUE__) <= LL_DMAMUX_MAX_REQ)
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_DMA_PRIORITY(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PRIORITY_LOW) || \
|
||||
((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PRIORITY_MEDIUM) || \
|
||||
((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PRIORITY_HIGH) || \
|
||||
((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PRIORITY_VERYHIGH))
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(DMA2)
|
||||
#define IS_LL_DMA_ALL_CHANNEL_INSTANCE(INSTANCE, CHANNEL) ((((INSTANCE) == DMA1) && \
|
||||
(((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_1) || \
|
||||
((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_2) || \
|
||||
((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_3) || \
|
||||
((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_4) || \
|
||||
((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_5) || \
|
||||
((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_6) || \
|
||||
((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_7))) || \
|
||||
(((INSTANCE) == DMA2) && \
|
||||
(((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_1) || \
|
||||
((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_2) || \
|
||||
((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_3) || \
|
||||
((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_4) || \
|
||||
((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_5))))
|
||||
#else /* DMA1 */
|
||||
#if defined(DMA1_Channel7)
|
||||
#define IS_LL_DMA_ALL_CHANNEL_INSTANCE(INSTANCE, CHANNEL) ((((INSTANCE) == DMA1) && \
|
||||
(((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_1) || \
|
||||
((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_2) || \
|
||||
((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_3) || \
|
||||
((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_4) || \
|
||||
((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_5) || \
|
||||
((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_6) || \
|
||||
((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_7))))
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define IS_LL_DMA_ALL_CHANNEL_INSTANCE(INSTANCE, CHANNEL) ((((INSTANCE) == DMA1) && \
|
||||
(((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_1) || \
|
||||
((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_2) || \
|
||||
((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_3) || \
|
||||
((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_4) || \
|
||||
((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_5))))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif /* DMA2 */
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/** @addtogroup DMA_LL_Exported_Functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup DMA_LL_EF_Init
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief De-initialize the DMA registers to their default reset values.
|
||||
* @param DMAx DMAx Instance
|
||||
* @param Channel This parameter can be one of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_1
|
||||
* @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_2
|
||||
* @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_3
|
||||
* @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_4
|
||||
* @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_5
|
||||
* @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_6
|
||||
* @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_7
|
||||
* @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_ALL
|
||||
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
|
||||
* - SUCCESS: DMA registers are de-initialized
|
||||
* - ERROR: DMA registers are not de-initialized
|
||||
*/
|
||||
ErrorStatus LL_DMA_DeInit(DMA_TypeDef *DMAx, uint32_t Channel)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the DMA Instance DMAx and Channel parameters*/
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_ALL_CHANNEL_INSTANCE(DMAx, Channel) || (Channel == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_ALL));
|
||||
|
||||
if (Channel == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_ALL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (DMAx == DMA1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Force reset of DMA clock */
|
||||
LL_AHB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_DMA1);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Release reset of DMA clock */
|
||||
LL_AHB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_DMA1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#if defined(DMA2)
|
||||
else if (DMAx == DMA2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Force reset of DMA clock */
|
||||
LL_AHB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_DMA2);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Release reset of DMA clock */
|
||||
LL_AHB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_DMA2);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
status = ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
DMA_Channel_TypeDef *tmp;
|
||||
|
||||
tmp = (DMA_Channel_TypeDef *)(__LL_DMA_GET_CHANNEL_INSTANCE(DMAx, Channel));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable the selected DMAx_Channely */
|
||||
CLEAR_BIT(tmp->CCR, DMA_CCR_EN);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Reset DMAx_Channely control register */
|
||||
WRITE_REG(tmp->CCR, 0U);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Reset DMAx_Channely remaining bytes register */
|
||||
WRITE_REG(tmp->CNDTR, 0U);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Reset DMAx_Channely peripheral address register */
|
||||
WRITE_REG(tmp->CPAR, 0U);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Reset DMAx_Channely memory address register */
|
||||
WRITE_REG(tmp->CMAR, 0U);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Reset Request register field for DMAx Channel */
|
||||
LL_DMA_SetPeriphRequest(DMAx, Channel, LL_DMAMUX_REQ_MEM2MEM);
|
||||
|
||||
if (Channel == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMAx Channel1 */
|
||||
LL_DMA_ClearFlag_GI1(DMAx);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (Channel == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMAx Channel2 */
|
||||
LL_DMA_ClearFlag_GI2(DMAx);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (Channel == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_3)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMAx Channel3 */
|
||||
LL_DMA_ClearFlag_GI3(DMAx);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (Channel == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_4)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMAx Channel4 */
|
||||
LL_DMA_ClearFlag_GI4(DMAx);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (Channel == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_5)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMAx Channel5 */
|
||||
LL_DMA_ClearFlag_GI5(DMAx);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#if defined(DMA1_Channel6)
|
||||
else if (Channel == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_6)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMAx Channel6 */
|
||||
LL_DMA_ClearFlag_GI6(DMAx);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if defined(DMA1_Channel7)
|
||||
else if (Channel == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_7)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMAx Channel7 */
|
||||
LL_DMA_ClearFlag_GI7(DMAx);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
status = ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return status;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Initialize the DMA registers according to the specified parameters in DMA_InitStruct.
|
||||
* @note To convert DMAx_Channely Instance to DMAx Instance and Channely, use helper macros :
|
||||
* @arg @ref __LL_DMA_GET_INSTANCE
|
||||
* @arg @ref __LL_DMA_GET_CHANNEL
|
||||
* @param DMAx DMAx Instance
|
||||
* @param Channel This parameter can be one of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_1
|
||||
* @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_2
|
||||
* @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_3
|
||||
* @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_4
|
||||
* @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_5
|
||||
* @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_6
|
||||
* @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_7
|
||||
* @param DMA_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_DMA_InitTypeDef structure.
|
||||
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
|
||||
* - SUCCESS: DMA registers are initialized
|
||||
* - ERROR: Not applicable
|
||||
*/
|
||||
ErrorStatus LL_DMA_Init(DMA_TypeDef *DMAx, uint32_t Channel, LL_DMA_InitTypeDef *DMA_InitStruct)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the DMA Instance DMAx and Channel parameters*/
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_ALL_CHANNEL_INSTANCE(DMAx, Channel));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the DMA parameters from DMA_InitStruct */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_DIRECTION(DMA_InitStruct->Direction));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_MODE(DMA_InitStruct->Mode));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_PERIPHINCMODE(DMA_InitStruct->PeriphOrM2MSrcIncMode));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_MEMORYINCMODE(DMA_InitStruct->MemoryOrM2MDstIncMode));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_PERIPHDATASIZE(DMA_InitStruct->PeriphOrM2MSrcDataSize));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_MEMORYDATASIZE(DMA_InitStruct->MemoryOrM2MDstDataSize));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_NBDATA(DMA_InitStruct->NbData));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_PERIPHREQUEST(DMA_InitStruct->PeriphRequest));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_PRIORITY(DMA_InitStruct->Priority));
|
||||
|
||||
/*---------------------------- DMAx CCR Configuration ------------------------
|
||||
* Configure DMAx_Channely: data transfer direction, data transfer mode,
|
||||
* peripheral and memory increment mode,
|
||||
* data size alignment and priority level with parameters :
|
||||
* - Direction: DMA_CCR_DIR and DMA_CCR_MEM2MEM bits
|
||||
* - Mode: DMA_CCR_CIRC bit
|
||||
* - PeriphOrM2MSrcIncMode: DMA_CCR_PINC bit
|
||||
* - MemoryOrM2MDstIncMode: DMA_CCR_MINC bit
|
||||
* - PeriphOrM2MSrcDataSize: DMA_CCR_PSIZE[1:0] bits
|
||||
* - MemoryOrM2MDstDataSize: DMA_CCR_MSIZE[1:0] bits
|
||||
* - Priority: DMA_CCR_PL[1:0] bits
|
||||
*/
|
||||
LL_DMA_ConfigTransfer(DMAx, Channel, DMA_InitStruct->Direction | \
|
||||
DMA_InitStruct->Mode | \
|
||||
DMA_InitStruct->PeriphOrM2MSrcIncMode | \
|
||||
DMA_InitStruct->MemoryOrM2MDstIncMode | \
|
||||
DMA_InitStruct->PeriphOrM2MSrcDataSize | \
|
||||
DMA_InitStruct->MemoryOrM2MDstDataSize | \
|
||||
DMA_InitStruct->Priority);
|
||||
|
||||
/*-------------------------- DMAx CMAR Configuration -------------------------
|
||||
* Configure the memory or destination base address with parameter :
|
||||
* - MemoryOrM2MDstAddress: DMA_CMAR_MA[31:0] bits
|
||||
*/
|
||||
LL_DMA_SetMemoryAddress(DMAx, Channel, DMA_InitStruct->MemoryOrM2MDstAddress);
|
||||
|
||||
/*-------------------------- DMAx CPAR Configuration -------------------------
|
||||
* Configure the peripheral or source base address with parameter :
|
||||
* - PeriphOrM2MSrcAddress: DMA_CPAR_PA[31:0] bits
|
||||
*/
|
||||
LL_DMA_SetPeriphAddress(DMAx, Channel, DMA_InitStruct->PeriphOrM2MSrcAddress);
|
||||
|
||||
/*--------------------------- DMAx CNDTR Configuration -----------------------
|
||||
* Configure the peripheral base address with parameter :
|
||||
* - NbData: DMA_CNDTR_NDT[15:0] bits
|
||||
*/
|
||||
LL_DMA_SetDataLength(DMAx, Channel, DMA_InitStruct->NbData);
|
||||
|
||||
/*--------------------------- DMAMUXx CCR Configuration ----------------------
|
||||
* Configure the DMA request for DMA Channels on DMAMUX Channel x with parameter :
|
||||
* - PeriphRequest: DMA_CxCR[7:0] bits
|
||||
*/
|
||||
LL_DMA_SetPeriphRequest(DMAx, Channel, DMA_InitStruct->PeriphRequest);
|
||||
|
||||
return SUCCESS;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Set each @ref LL_DMA_InitTypeDef field to default value.
|
||||
* @param DMA_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_DMA_InitTypeDef structure.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void LL_DMA_StructInit(LL_DMA_InitTypeDef *DMA_InitStruct)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Set DMA_InitStruct fields to default values */
|
||||
DMA_InitStruct->PeriphOrM2MSrcAddress = 0x00000000U;
|
||||
DMA_InitStruct->MemoryOrM2MDstAddress = 0x00000000U;
|
||||
DMA_InitStruct->Direction = LL_DMA_DIRECTION_PERIPH_TO_MEMORY;
|
||||
DMA_InitStruct->Mode = LL_DMA_MODE_NORMAL;
|
||||
DMA_InitStruct->PeriphOrM2MSrcIncMode = LL_DMA_PERIPH_NOINCREMENT;
|
||||
DMA_InitStruct->MemoryOrM2MDstIncMode = LL_DMA_MEMORY_NOINCREMENT;
|
||||
DMA_InitStruct->PeriphOrM2MSrcDataSize = LL_DMA_PDATAALIGN_BYTE;
|
||||
DMA_InitStruct->MemoryOrM2MDstDataSize = LL_DMA_MDATAALIGN_BYTE;
|
||||
DMA_InitStruct->NbData = 0x00000000U;
|
||||
DMA_InitStruct->PeriphRequest = LL_DMAMUX_REQ_MEM2MEM;
|
||||
DMA_InitStruct->Priority = LL_DMA_PRIORITY_LOW;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* DMA1 || DMA2 */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */
|
||||
|
||||
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
|
1349
CDC/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_ll_rcc.c
Normal file
1349
CDC/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_ll_rcc.c
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load diff
1348
CDC/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_ll_usb.c
Normal file
1348
CDC/Drivers/STM32G0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32g0xx_ll_usb.c
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load diff
Loading…
Add table
Add a link
Reference in a new issue